Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.
This document contains no pages.
HomeMy WebLinkAboutMiscSW 34t Street Culvert Replacement Project —Fish and Wildlife Habitat Report
R.W. Beck Associates ■ December 2005
oEVELDPME Q tpr[T�a lNG
f tTY OF
MAR % v 29'3fi
MCEIVED
Biological Assessment
SW 34th Street Calvert Replacement Project
Fish and Wildlife Habitat Report
Prepared for:
R.W. Beck Associates
1001 4th Avenue, Suite 2500
Seattle, WA 98154-1004
Contact: Michael Giseburt, P.E.
Prepared by:
�•SS �i
Jones & Stokes
11820 Northup Way, Suite E300
Bellevue, WA 98005
Contact: Andy Wones
425/822-1077
December 2005
This document should be cited as:
Jones & Stokes. 2005. Biological Assessment. SW 34th Street Culvert Replacement Project —Fish and Wildlife Habitat
Report. December. (AS 05287.05) Bellevue, WA.
ti
Table of Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction.......................................................1-1
Chapter 2. Project Description ........................................... 2-1
2.1.
Project Area........................................................................ 2-1
2.2.
Action Area.........................................................................2-1
2.3.
Project Purpose..................................................................2-1
2.4.
Design Criteria....................................................................2-3
2.5.
Culvert Design....................................................................2-4
2.6.
Hydraulics...........................................................................
2-5
2.7.
Construction Sequence.......................................................2-7
2.8.
Staging Areas...................................................................
2-10
2.9.
Construction Access ............................ .............................
2-10
2.10.
Construction Equipment....................................................2-10
2.11.
Construction Methods ........................ ...............................
2-11
2.12.
Erosion, Sediment, and Pollution Control ..........................2-11
2.13.
Conservation Measures and BMPs...................................2-12
Chapter 3. Existing Environmental Conditions ................3-1
3.1. Environmental Baseline......................................................3-1
3.1.1. Salmonid Habitat Conditions....................................3-1
3.2. Species Occurrence in the Project Action Area .... .............. 3-6
3.2.1. Bull Trout .......... ........................................................ 3-6
3.2.2. Puget Sound Chinook Salmon ................................. 3-7
3.2.3. Bald Eagle................................................................3-9
3.2.4. Other ESA -listed Species.......................................3-10
Chapter 4. Analysis of Effects ............................................ 4-1
4.1. Salmonids...........................................................................4-1
4.1.1. Direct Effects ............................................... ............. 4-1
4.1.2. Indirect Effects ...................... ................................... 4-2
4.1.3. Effects of Interdependent or Interrelated Actions ..... 4-2
4.2. Bald Eagles... ...................................................................... 4-2
4.2.1. Direct Effects............................................................4-2
4.2.2. Indirect Effects ............ ............................................. 4-3
4.2.3. Effects of Interdependent or Interrelated Actions ..... 4-3
December 2005
r
SW 3411 Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
Chapter 5. Determinations of Effect...................................5-1
5.1. Chinook Salmon................................................................. 5.1
5.2. Bull Trout............................................................................ 5-1
5.3. Bald Eagle.......................................................................... 5-2
Chapter 6. Evaluation of Essential Fish Habitat ...............6-1
Chapter 7. References.........................................................7-1
it
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.05)
3
Contents
List of Tables
Table 1-1. Project Contacts..................................................................................................1-2
Table 2-1. Excavation and Fill Volumes (cubic yards) ..........................................................2-5
Table 2-2. Hydraulic Performance of Culvert Replacement Alternatives under Future
100-Year Conveyance Event............................................................................... 2-6
Table 2-3. Predicted Maximum Velocities at SW 34th Street Culvert for 2-Year Event ......... 2-7
Table 3-1. Checklist for Documenting Environmental Baseline and Effects of the Proposed
Action on Relevant Salmonid Habitat Indicators.................................................... 3-2
List of Figures
Figure 2-1. Regional Vicinity Map of Project Area..................................................................2-2
Appendices
Appendix A. Project Drawings
Appendix B. Fish Exclusion Guidelines
Appendix C. Photographs of the Project Area
Appendix D. NOAA Fisheries and USFWS Species Listing Information
i
December 2005
t
SW 34th Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
Acronyms
BA
biological assessment
BMPS
best management practices
BRPS
Slack River Pumping Station
cfs
cubic feet per second
CMP
corrugated metal pipe
Corps
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
DPS
distinct population segment
EFH
essential fish habitat
ESA
Endangered Species Act
ESCL
erosion and spill control lead
ESGRWP
East Side Green River Watershed Plan
ESU
evolutionarily significant unit
FEQ model
full equations model
fps
feet per second
HPA
hydraulic project approval
LSOG
late successional old growth
LWD
large woody debris
mgll
milligrams per liter
NHP
Natural Heritage Program
NOAA Fisheries
National Marine Fisheries Service
NRCS
Natural Resources Conservation Service
NTU
nephelometric turbidity units
NWFP
Northwest Forest Plan
PFMC
Pacific Fisheries Management Council
PHS
priority habitats and species
Project
SW 34�1 Street Culvert Replacement Project
RM
river mile
SPCC
spill prevention, control, and containment
USFWS
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
USGS
U.S. Geological Survey
WDFW
Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife
WDNR
Washington State Department of Natural Resources
WRIA
water resources inventory area
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.05) - ••- - • •_._._
Chapter 1 . Introduction
This biological assessment (BA) was completed to facilitate interagency consultation
required under Section 7 of the federal Endangered Species Act (ESA) for the City of
Renton (City) SW 341h Street Culvert Replacement Project (Project). The Project will
include temporary impacts to Springbrook Creek and associated wetland areas and
will require coverage under a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) 404 Permit.
The Project is scheduled for construction during the summer of 2007.
The City proposes to replace the SW 34'h Street culvert across Springbrook Creek to
improve streamflow capacity at this crossing and reduce flooding in the Renton
Valley. Replacement of this culvert was identified in the City's East Side Green
River Watershed Plan (ESGRWP) as a drainage need for the City (R.W. Beck 1997).
The existing crossing consists of four side -by -side 72-inch-diameter corrugated metal
pipe (CMP) culverts. These culverts have insufficient capacity for high flows and
cause water to back up behind the culvert and even to overtop the road during peak
flows. In addition to overtopping SW 34`' Street, the conveyance restriction at SW
34"i Street contributes to upstream flooding at SW 43r' Street and Lind Avenue.
Several projects identified in the ESGRWP have been completed, including the
SW 271h Street Culvert Replacement Project in 1999. The SW 34`h Street culvert
replacement is the next highest priority project in the valley area. Improving
conveyance at this crossing will correct overtopping of SW 34`h Street and lower
upstream water levels so that other future planned projects will provide flood
protection in areas upstream in the Renton Valley.
The existing SW 34`h Street culverts would be replaced by a single 30-foot-wide and
10-foot-tall four-sided concrete box culvert. Although the existing crossing is not
currently a barrier to fish passage, future conditions are predicted to increase peak
discharge velocity to up to 5 feet per second (fps) (R.W. Beck 2005). Replacement
of the SW 34`h Street culvert will reduce velocity at this crossing, reduce flooding
December 2005
SW 34'6 Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
upstream, and provide an improved fish habitat condition in the culvert vicinity. The
new crossing will have natural substrates, improve conveyance of high flows and
associated debris, and reduce contact of stream water with roadway surfaces that may
contribute vehicle -related pollution to the stream.
Key contacts involved in the design and permitting of this Project are listed in
Table 1-1.
Table 1.1. Project Contacts
AgencylFirm
Role
Contact
Phonelemail
Address
City of Renton
Lead Agency,
Allen Quynn,
425 430-7247
City of Renton, Public
SEPA Review,
P.E., Project
aquynn@ci.renton.wa.us
Works Department,
Shorelines
Manager
1055 S. Grady Way,
Renton, WA 98055
R.W. Beck
Consultant
Michael
206 695-4607
1001 Fourth Ave, Suite
Team, Project
GiseburL
mgiseburt@rwbeck.com
2500,
Manager
P.E.
SeatUe, WA 98154-
1004
R.W. Beck
Consultant
Lisa Gorry,
206 6954757
1001 Fourth Ave, Suite
Team, Project
P.E.
[gorry@nwbeek.com
2500,
Engineer
Seattle, WA 98154-
1004
Jones & Stokes
Consultant
Andy Wones
425 893-6447
11820 Northup Way,
Team, Permit
awonesQjsanet.com
E300, Bellevue, WA
Application
98005
U.S. Army
Corps
Susan
(206) 764-5527
Seattle District Corps of
Corps of
Project
Powell
Susan_M.Powell@
Engineers Regulatory
Engineers
Manager, 404
NWS02_usace.army.mil
Branch, CENWS-OD-
Permit
RG Attn: Susan Powell,
P.O. Box 3755 Seattle,
WA 98124-3755
Washington
Area Habitat
Larry Fisher
425 649.7042
clo Dept. of Ecology
Department of
Biologist,
fishldf@dfw.wa.gov
319016VI Ave SE
Fish and Wildlife
Hydraulic
Bellevue, WA 98D08
(WDFW)
Project
Approval
(HPA)
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.05) �'2
Chapter 2. Project Description
2.1. Project Area
The Project is located in the Renton Valley at the crossing of SW 34'h Street and
Springbrook Creek_ The Project area is at the boundary between Township 23 N,
Range 5 East, Section 30 and Township 23 N, Range 4 East, Section 25. See
Figure 2-1 for a map of the Project vicinity.
2.2. Action Area
The Action Area for noise effects of the Project includes a 0.5-mile radius of the
Project area, due to the potential for loud noise during construction activities.
Instream effects would include an Action Area 100 feet upstream and 300 feet
downstream of the SW 34'h Strcet/Springbrook Creek crossing_
The Project disturbance area and a buffer area of 100 feet in each direction of the
disturbance footprint is the Action Area for listed plant species. However, this area
was closely examined during the wetland delineation, and no suitable habitat or
individuals of the two listed plant species occurring in King County (golden
paintbrush [Castilleja levisecia] and marsh sandwort [Arenaria paludicola]) were
found.
2.3. Project Purpose
The primary objective of the Project is to increase conveyance capacity through the
SW 34'h Street crossing at Springbrook Creek to eliminate roadway overtopping and
reduce upstream water levels during flood events. Through the development of the
S4V a ' 1 SILNet C :I%Ie!L R�?piareme,Tt Project
61r,loa'�al AssessnipnT
Figure 2-1. Regional Vicinity Map of Project Area
ESGRWP, a target criterion that allows no more than 0.1 foot of head loss (water
elevation rise) through culverts for the future I00-year flow was used. This criterion
was originally developed with input from the Natural Resources Conservation
Service (NRCS, formerly Soil Conservation Service). Other Project goals include
cost-effective construction, meeting environmental permit requirements, coordination
of Project construction with any future roadway improvements, and improving fish
passage.
P,AV. Beck As nr::r. r; ^
Project Qeaeription
2.4. Design Criteria
General criteria and issues considered when reviewing alternatives were:
• Traffic capacity —The replacement culvert must also be designed to handle HS25
traffic loading.
■ Cost —A lower cost alternative is preferred.
in A method of construction that allows quick progress is preferred in order to
comply with WDFW approved in -water construction windows (June 15 through
September 30).
■ The work area at the Project site is limited. A type of construction that does not
require a large lay -down area is preferred.
■ It is preferred to limit the amount of ground dewatering required.
■ Traffic Impacts —The City desires the option of having phased construction to
keep at least one lane of traffic open.
• It is preferred to limit the impact of construction on local businesses.
■ Utilities Relocation —Several utilities cross above the existing culverts. Raising
the top of the new culvert above the top of the existing culverts would require
relocation of the existing utilities. The option of not relocating these utilities is
not possible because the construction of the replacement culvert below the
location of these utilities would lirnit the height of the culvert and would not
provide enough hydraulic cross section through the culvert to meet the Project
criteria.
■ Temporary Stream Diversion —Diversion of creek flow will be required during
construction. It is estimated that a minimuin diversion flow of 140 cubic feet per
second (efs) with 1 foot of freeboard will be required (R.W. Beck 2005).
Groundwater Control --Control of groundwater will be required during
construction for constructability and to assure an adequate foundation. Wells
and/or sumps will be required to draw the local water table below the earthwork
elevation.
• Fish Passage —Alternatives that provide the largest open area, lowest streamflow
velocities, natural bottom conditions, and open water surface are generally
preferred. When a four-sided box culvert is used, the bottom of the box is set
20%, or about 2 feet, below the grade of the stream and infilled with appropriate
substrate material (clean, well-rounded cobble and gravel).
■ Foundation Type and Settlement —A closed -bottom four-sided box culvert
provides a more forgiving structure regarding possible settlement issues as
compared with the three -sided box with separate footings because of the wide,
continuous footing created by the bottom.
2.3 December 2005
SW 34'� Street Culvert Replacement Prc act
Biological Assessment
Based on the combination of these criteria, a single four-sided box culvert, 30 feet
wide by 10 feet high, was selected for this Project.
2.5. Culvert Design
The Project would install a single 30-foot-wide by 10-foot-high by 80-foot-long box
culvert. Project drawings of this alternative are shown in Figures A-3 and A-4 of
Appendix A. A single culvert can be utilized because the extra height allows a free
water surface through the culvert during the 100-year design flow and meets the
head -loss criteria. The actual culvert height from footing to top of culvert would be
11.5 feet to provide below -grade depth to the footing. Footings will be precast,
continuous full -width spread footings approximately 18 inches thick.
The box culvert would require the road grade to be raised approximately 23 feet
above the existing road. To minimize the amount the existing road is required to be
raised, the road pavement could be placed directly on the culvert's precast top.
Tapering the raised road back into the existing roadway with vertical curves would
require reconstruction of approximately 300 feet of SW 34`h Street. Reconstruction
would include adjustment of driveways, manhole covers, curbs and gutters,
sidewalks, and landscaping. New low points along SW 34th Street would be created
and would require the installation of new stormwater catch basins.
An existing 8-inch-diameter sanitary sewer line would be relocated and routed
approximately 900 feet cast to 1_.ind Avenue_ A water supply line would be routed
along the downstream face of the culvert in a carrier pipe. This water line would be
housed inside of a protective 22-inch-diameter pipe. Gas, electric, and
communications lines would be routed under the culvert.
During construction a temporary pipeline would be required for Springbrook Creek
diversion. Earth embankment cofferdams with impervious lining would be installed,
and two 48-inch-diameter pipes would be installed to route flow around the
construction excavation (see Figure A-5 in Appendix A). This approach was
successfully employed on the SW 271h Street Culvert Replacement Project in 1999.
Culvert installation will require temporary disturbance of approximately 5,331 square
feet (0.12 acre) of wetland and associated stream area. In addition, 6,387 square feet
(0.15 acre) of wetland and stream buffer would be temporarily disturbed. No
permanent loss of wetland or stream habitat would occur. Excavation and fill
volumes are shown in Table 2-1.
B.W. Beck Associates 105287,05) if 1
Project Description
Table 2-1. Excavation and Fill Volumes (cubic yards)
Location
Total
Excavation
Excavation Below
OHWM
Total Fill
Fill Below
OHWM
Entire Site
5848
99
32681
0
Wetland 1 Buffera
275
NA
0
NA
Wetland to
81
19
0
0
Wetland 2 Buffer
192
NA
0
NA
1
Wetand 21
80
80
0
0
Notes:
OHWM = ordinary high-water mark
Wetland buffer defined as 50 feet to either side of delineated wetland boundary.
Wetland 1 includes stream and adjacent wetland area upstream (south) of SW 341h Street
Wetland 2 includes stream and adjacent wetland area upstream {north) of SW 34m Street
a "Fill quantity includes 277 cy of spawning gravels.
2.6. Hydraulics
Hydraulic analysis was performed using the Full Equations (FEQ) model that was
developed during the ESGRWP and since updated in the ESGRWP Technical Update
Supplement —Draft (R.W. Beck 2004). The analysis simulations reflect the future
land use condition, 100-year conveyance condition flow, and future conveyance
system as recommended in the ESGRWP. The future conveyance system was used
as opposed to the existing conveyance system to ensure that when all valley
improvements are fully implemented these improvements will work together to meet
the flood protection goals and target water surface elevations identified in the
ESGRWP. The key future improvements include both downstream and upstream
improvements including:
• Removal of the private bridge north of SW 27th Street,
■ SW 391h Street to SW 43ra Street pipe system improvements,
■ Renton wetland mitigation project, and
■ Oakesdale (SW 41" Street) culvert replacement.
As part of the ESGRWP, two types of potential flood events were analyzed: a storage
scenario, which includes events that produce very high water surface elevation at the
Black River Pumping Station (BRPS) due to pumping restrictions, and a conveyance
scenario, which includes events that exhibit maximum peak flows into the pump
station forebay (severe local flood event). At the SW 34"' Street culvert, the water
surface elevations for the 100-year storage scenario are actually higher than the
conveyance scenario. However, the conveyance event is the critical event for
2.5 December 2005
SW 341h Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
consideration of the culvert replacement because of significantly higher flows. For
this reason the comparison focused just on the 100-year conveyance event.
Table 2.2. Hydraulic Performance of Culvert Replacement Alternatives
under Future 100-Year Conveyance Event
New SW 341" Street Crossing (Z)
Downstream Upstream Change in Water
Water Surface Water Surface Elevation
Elevation Surface (head loss) (ft)
AlternativeM Elevation
Existing Conveyance —Future Flow 17,30 19.1 1.7
One 30- by 10-ft Box Culvert 17.07 17.13 0.06
Source: R.W. Beck 2005.
Note the clear open area is specified. The actual height would be increased by approximately 1.5 to 2 feel to allow a
natural substrate for fish passage.
2 Elevation Datum: NAVD 88.
In addition to considering the 100-year future condition for flood control, additional
analysis was conducted to assess stream velocities through the culvert to meet fish
passage requirements. This was done by determining the stream velocity through the
culvert for the 2-year event. Typically, WDFW requires consideration of the 10%
exceedance flow (i.e., the flow that is exceeded 10% of the time) for current land use
conditions. Since the 10% exceedance flow is typically 35-45% of the 2-year flow,
using the 2-year flow for the analysis provides a conservative estimate of high
velocity.
Table 2-3 compares the predicted velocities for the existing and proposed culverts
under existing and future land use conditions. Installation of the proposed culvert
would reduce peak velocities, which could be significant for fish passage, especially
under future land use conditions. The proposed design would meet WDFW passage
criteria for adult trout and salmon under all flow conditions, whereas the existing
culvert would exceed the velocity criteria for passage of adult trout under expected
future conditions.
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.051 Z s
Project Descriptio❑
Table 2-3. Predicted Maximum Velocities at SW 34th Street Culvert for 2-
Year Event
Existing Land Use Conditions
Future Land Use Conditions
Peak
Water
Peak
Peak
Water
Peak
Flow-3
Surface
Velocity
Flow3
Surface
Velocity
Alternative
(cfs)
Elevation2
(fps)
(cfs)
Elevation
(fps)
Existing Culvert
318
13.9
2.8
561
15.7
5.0
(four 72-inch culverts)
Alternative 2
318
13.7
1.9
561
14.9
2.7
One 30- by 10•ft Box
Culvert'
Source: R.W. Beck 2005.
Note the clear open area is spedfied. The actual height would be increased by approximately 1.5 to 2 feet to allow a natural
bottom for fish passage.
z Elevation Datum: NAVD 88.
3 Source: FEQ modeling results from East Side Green River Watershed Plan Supplement, R.W. Beck 2004. Draft.
2.7. Construction Sequence
The anticipated construction sequence is listed below. The actual sequence will be
determined by the construction contractor. The sequence below assumes that one
lane will remain open through the duration of construction. However, it is possible
that the entire road will be closed. If the road is closed, the north and south
(westbound and eastbound) portions of the Project would be constructed together
rather than separately, as described below -
I. Hold preconstruction conference with City.
2. Mark construction limits.
3. Install erosion control best management practices (BMPs), including silt fencing
and storm drain filter inserts.
4. Construct sewer extension to route existing sewer service east to connect to
existing sewer main near Lind Avenue and abandon existing sewer over the
culvert.
5. Install temporary block netting upstream and downstream of the work area.
6. Remove fish from the isolated culvert area according to fish exclusion guidelines
(Appendix 13).
7. Install temporary bypass culverts (two 48- inch -diameter CMP culverts).
2-7 1 December 2005
SW 3411 Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
S. Install temporary earthen cofferdams with impervious linings upstream and
downstream of the construction area to divert flow to the bypass culverts and
isolate the construction area.
9. Place traffic control to move traffic to north half of road.
10. Install sheet piles near roadway centerline to allow excavation of south half of
road.
11. Install dewatering system measures.
12. Remove existing pavement, sidewalks, and roadway fill from castbound lane of
the crossing (south half of crossing). Dewater as excavation proceeds.
13. Coordinate excavation with removal/relocation and, if required, temporary
service for underground utilities (gas, water, electric, communications).
14. Excavate and remove existing 72-inch culverts from south half of crossing.
15. Excavate sediment to below existing road grade in south half of crossing as well
as excavation for wing wall.
16_ Haul excavated soils off -site or stockpile reusable soils, if allowed based on final
design, at least 150 feet from Springbrook Creek.
17. Install relocated underground utilities that are to be placed under the south half of
the new culvert crossing.
18. Install and compact crushed rock or controlled density fill below culvert
foundation elevation to provide suitable foundation.
19. Install precast culvert bottom. Note the bottom section will include a knee -wall
(short vertical walls integral to the precast culvert bottom section) in south half of
crossing.
20. Construct south wing walls.
21. Place streambed material in bottom of the culvert and in and around new wing
walls.
22. Install culvert top in south half of crossing and grout in place.
23. Backfill around culvert and compact.
R,V1i', Beck Associates (05287.05} 2,8
Project tDesuiption
24. Construct curb and gutter, sidewalk, and initial roadway pavement improvements
on south half crossing. Improvements include transitions to existing road as a
result of raising the road higher than existing conditions.
25. Revise traffic control to south side of road, including pedestrian traffic.
26. Revise placement of sheet piling to allow connection between first phase of
culvert and second phase.
27. Remove existing pavement, sidewalks, and roadway fill from westbound lane of
the crossing (north half of crossing). Dewater as excavation proceeds.
28. Coordinate excavation with removal/relocation and, if required, temporary
service for underground utilities (gas, water, electric, communications)
29. Excavate and remove existing 72-inch culverts from north half of crossing
30. Excavate sediment to below existing road grade in north half of crossing as well
as excavation for wing wall.
31. Haul excavated soils off -site or stockpile reusable soils, if allowed based on final
design, at least 150 feet from Springbrook Creek
32. Install relocated underground utilities that are to be placed under the north half of
the new culvert crossing.
33. Install and compact crushed rock or controlled density fill below culvert
foundation elevation to provide suitable foundation.
34. Install precast culvert bottom.
35. Construct north wing walls. Extend existing drainage piping to connect to creek
through wing walls.
36. Place streambed material in bottom of the culvert and in and around new wing
walls.
37. Install culvert top in north half of crossing and grout in place.
38. Backfill around culvert and compact.
39. Construct curb and gutter, sidewalk, and initial roadway improvements on north
half crossing. Improvements include transitions to existing road as a result of
raising the road higher than existing conditions.
2-9 December 2005
SW 34N Street Cuivert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
40. Install fish habitat improvements (two pairs of root wads) upstream and
downstream of culvert
41. Perform final lift of asphalt roadway improvements.
42. Remove cofferdams and temporary pipe diversion, allowing creek to flow
through new culvert.
43. Hydroseed and plant disturbed areas.
44. Remove storm drain filter inserts.
45. Remove silt fence and other temporary erosion and sediment control (TESL)
BMPs when seeded areas have stabilized.
2.8. Staging Areas
Project construction will require closing at least one lane of SW 341h Street to traffic.
Therefore, the roadway will be used for Project staging. Excavated soil may be
temporarily stockpiled on the roadway or at an upland site away from the
construction area during culvert installation. All soil stockpiles and vehicle fueling
and equipment staging areas will be located at least 154 feet from surface waters.
2.9. Construction Access
Construction access will be by SW 34`h Street. No off -road travel will be required.
2.10. Construction Equipment
Construction equipment will include the following:
■ Excavator
■ Dump truck
■ Flatbed truck
• Mobile crane
■ Drilling rig
■ Dewatering pumps
■ Generator
■ Vibratory compactor
■ Paver
R.W, Seek Associates (05287.05) 2-1D
Pm3ect Descr3piion
2.11. Construction Methods
The construction area will be clearly marked, and all ground disturbance and
equipment use will occur within the marked construction boundaries. Erosion and
sedimentation BMPs will be used to control erosion and the potential for silt and
turbidity to reach Springbrook Creek. These BM Ps will include (but are not limited
to) installation of silt fences and temporary storm sewer filter inserts.
All instream work will be completed within the approved (Fisher 2006) construction
window (June 15 through September 30). Prior to beginning any instream work,
National Marine Fisheries Service (NOAA Fisheries) fish exclusion protocols will be
implemented to remove and exclude fish from the work area. Following fish removal
and exclusion, cofferdams will be installed to isolate the construction area.
The Project will divert Springbrook Creek around the existing and future culvert
location. The diversion will be through two 48-inch-diameter CMPs installed for this
purpose.
The new culvert would be installed in two phases in order to maintain one lane open
to traffic during construction. One lane would be closed off, the existing culvert
excavated from that side of the road, and the new culvert installed under that half of
the roadway, then paved over. In the next phase, the other half of the stream would
be closed off and the process would be repeated to complete the other half of the
Project.
The culvert and wing walls would be made of precast concrete sections. These
sections would be lifted into place by means of a mobile crane. A bacichoe would be
used to place imported bed substrate material and backfill material around the new
culvert. Some temporary storage of bed and backfill material may occur on the
closed portion of SW 341h Street. Backfill material would be compacted by rolling or
using a vibratory compactor.
2.12. Erosion, Sediment, and Pollution Control
Cofferdams installed to isolate the Project from Springbrook Creek will prevent
sediment that was disturbed during culvert installation from affecting Springbrook
Creek. Silt fences will be used if there are areas on the sides of the construction area
that drain beyond the cofferdams_ Because some soil stockpiling may occur on the
SW 341h Street roadway, storm drain sediment filters will be used to prevent
contamination of road runoff with turbidity and suspended sediment.
- L_31 T
2-1 ?e+:ember 2005
SW 341 Street Culvert Replacement ❑rojwct
Blot4cal Assessment
2.13. Conservation Measures and BMPs
To the greatest extent possible, impacts to fish, wildlife, and habitat will be avoided.
The following conservation measures will be used to avoid or minimize the potential
for impacts to fish, wildlife, water quality, and habitat.
1. Timing. In -water construction will be conducted only during the approved
(Fisher 2006) in -water work window (June 15 through September 30). No in -
water work will be conducted between October 1 and June 14. The Project is
scheduled to be constructed during 2007.
2. The City will comply with WDFW guidelines for fish passage, HPA conditions,
Corps guidelines for culvert replacement, and the terms and conditions of the
Corps permit.
3. Clearing limits will be clearly marked prior to construction.
Fish removal and site isolation will occur prior to diverting water around the
Project and will follow NOAA guidelines (Appendix B).
5. In consideration of the existing site conditions and the level of noise activity
required for construction, no specific conservation measures are needed or
proposed for the protection of bald eagles.
6. Water withdrawn to dewater the Project site will be re -injected into the ground
downstream of the Project to ensure no interruption of flow in Springbrook Creek
downstream of the Project during construction.
7. All soil stockpiles and vehicle fueling and equipment staging areas will be
located at least 150 feet from surface waters.
8. The construction contractor will designate one individual as the erosion and spill
control lead (ESCL). The ESCL will be responsible for installing, monitoring,
and maintaining erosion and sediment control BMPs and maintaining spill
containment and control equipment_ The ESCL will be responsible for
construction compliance with local, state, and federal erosion and sediment
control requirements.
9. All silt fencing and staking will be removed upon Project completion.
10. Protective covering will be placed over exposed soil areas. No disturbed ground
shall remain exposed for more than 7 days between May 1 and September 30 and
no more than 3 days between October I and April 30 if construction activities are
not occurring in that area. Protective covering will be clear plastic sheeting,
straw mulch, jute matting, or erosion control blanket per Washington State
Department of Ecology requirements.
R.W. Beck Associates (05287,05) ii2
Project Description
11. Exposed soils will be seeded and covered with straw mulch after construction is
complete. Any temporary construction impact areas will be revegetated with
native plants.
12_ A Spill Prevention, Control, and Containment (SPCC) Plan will be prepared, and
all equipment will be properly maintained to successfully implement the plan.
All equipment will be inspected and maintained, and absorbent material will be
kept on -site. Personnel will be knowledgeable and trained in the implementation
of the SPCC Plan and in associated equipment and materials necessary to
correctly implement the SPCC Plan. Emergency contact information will be
available on -site, in the event that a spill of hazardous materials does occur
during construction. Measures that will be included in the SPCC Plan include:
a. The contractor will be required to prepare and adhere to a SPCC plan. The
SPCC Plan will consist of the following elements for the prevention, control,
and containment of an accidental spill of hazardous materials.
i. All hazardous materials will be stored on land in containers clearly
labeled with the contents and appropriate for the specific material.
Containers shall be stored in areas with appropriate safeguards (under
cover, on an impervious surface).
ii. No fueling or maintenance of construction equipment will occur within
150 feet of surface waters.
iii. Personnel who transfer or otherwise handle hazardous materials will be
trained in the safe handling of the materials and have knowledge of the
SPCC Plan and procedures and equipment necessary to initiate control
and containment of a spill.
iv. Inspections of equipment and hazardous materials storage areas will
occur on a daily basis.
v. If an accidental spill were to occur, personnel on -site will immediately
initiate measures to control the source of the spill and contain the spilled
material.
vi. Materials necessary for the control and containment of a spill of
hazardous materials will include, but may not be limited to, oil -absorbent
booms, oil -absorbent rags, and other appropriate absorbent materials.
vii. All materials necessary for the control and containment of hazardous
materials will be kept within the Project corridor, and personnel will be
knowledgeable of their Iocations and their manner of use.
viii.If an accidental spill of hazardous materials were to occur, the
appropriate agencies will be notified.
ix. Control and containment efforts will take precedence over all other
Project -related work. Work will not resume until a spill has been
2.13
December 2005
SW 341- Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
contained and cleaned up and the cause of the spill identified and
measures taken to rectify the problem.
x. Materials used in control and containment efforts will be collected and
disposed of at an approved facility designed for the safe handling of
hazardous materials.
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.1)5( 2-14
Chapter 3. Existing Environmental
Conditions
The existing environmental conditions were determined through the review of
published data sources, databases, and direct observations in the field. Information
on the currently listed species was obtained from NOAA Fisheries and the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service (USFWS) web sites on November 29, 2005 (Appendix D).
Information on site use by ESA -listed and WDFW-managed species was obtained by
review of WDFW priority habitats and species (PHS) database and Washington State
Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) Natural Heritage Program (NHP) data.
Other sources included the Water Resource Inventory Areas (WRIA) 9 salmon and
steelhead habitat limiting factors analysis (Kerwin and Nelson 2000) and other
sources cited in this document. Direct observations of habitat characteristics were
made during a site visit on April 5, 2005, by Jones & Stokes biologists.
3.1. Environmental Baseline
3.1.1. Salmonid Habitat Conditions
The discussion below addresses the existing conditions within the Action Area of the
Project. For salmonids the discussion is focused on those elements of the
environment identified by the USFWS in the document titled A Framework to Assist
in Making Endangered Species Act Determinations ofEffect for Individual or
Grouped Actions at the Bull Trout Subpopulation Watershed Scale (U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service 1998) and Making Endangered Species Act Determinations of Effect
for Individual or Grouped Actions at the Watershed Scale prepared by NOAA
Fisheries (National Marine Fisheries Service 1996). These matrices were developed
by the USFWS and NOAA Fisheries to analyze the effects of activities on federal
forestlands in the Pacific Northwest and are rated relative pre -development optimal
3.1 December 2005
SW 34 1 Street Culvert Replacement Project
BVogica! Assessment
habitat conditions. This matrix was developed to analyze the effects of activities at
the watershed scale and in a wide range of environmental conditions.
Please refer to Table 3-1 for an overview of the environmental baseline conditions for
each system.
Table 3-1. Checklist for Documenting Environmental Baseline and Effects
of the Proposed Action on Relevant Salmonid Habitat indicators
Effects of Project Actions on
Baseline Environmental Conditions Environmental Conditions
Diagnostic/Pathway Properly Not Properly
Indicators Functioning At Risk Functioning Improved Maintained Degraded
Water Quality
Temperature X X
Sediment X X (local
short-term
impact)
Chemical X X
Contamination/Nutrients
Habitat Access
Physical Barriers
X X
Habitat Elements
Substrate Embeddedness
X X
Large Woody Debris
X X
(LWD)
Pool Frequency
X X
Pool Quality
X X
Off -channel Habitat
X X
Refugia
X X
Channel Conditions and
Dynamics
Width/Depth Ratio X X
Streambank Condition X X
Floodpiain Connectivity X X
Flow/Hydrology
Change in Peak/Base X X
Flows
Drainage Network X X
Increase
Watershed Conditions
R.W. Beck Associates (05267,051 3-2
Existing Environmental Conditions
Effects of Project Actions on
Baseline Environmental Conditions Environmental Conditions
Diagnostic/Pathway Properly Not Properly
Indicators Functioning At Risk Functioning Improved Maintained Degraded
Road Density and
X
X
Location
Disturbance History
X
X
Riparian Reserves
X
X
Subpopulation Characteristics Specific to Bull
Trout
Subpopulation size
NIA
X
Growth and Survival
N/A
X
Life History Diversity and
NIA
X
Isolation
Persistence and Genetic
N/A
X
Integrity
Environmental Baseline Sources? Kerwin and Nelson 2000; Washington State Department of Ecology 2005.
Checklist and criteria for functional ratings from National Marine Fisheries Service 19% and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 1996,
Water Quality
Temperature
Water temperatures in Springbrook Creek basin in excess of 18°C have been
recorded (Harza 1995; Kerwin and Nelson 2000). The Springbrook Creek system
has two excursions of temperature criteria on the 1998 303(d) list but has been
removed from the 303(d) list in the latest (2002--2004) version (Washington State
Department of Ecology 2005).
This indicator is considered to be not properly functioning.
Sediment and Turbidity
Turbidity levels within the Springbrook Creek subbasin have exceeded water quality
criteria for Class A waters. Mean absolute turbidity values ranged from 16 to
42 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) at five sites in lower Springbrook and Mill
creeks, while maximum values at these sites ranged from 104 to 197 NTU
(Harza 1995).
Streambank conditions along Mill Creek, a tributary of Springbrook Creek, show
evidence of severe downcutting. Streambank erosion likely contributes to elevated
sedimentation and turbidity in Springbrook Creek. Other sources of turbidity could
include road and parking lot runoff from this urbanized watershed. This indicator is
considered to be not properly functioning.
3.3 December 2005
SW 34�h Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biolgical Assessment
Chemical and Nutrient Contamination
The Springbrook (Mill) Creek system is on the 2002-2004 303(d) list for excursions
of water quality parameters, including dissolved oxygen and fecal coliform
(Washington State Department of Ecology 2005). In addition, temperature, pH,
Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate, and copper have shown occasional excursions, resulting
in a Category 2 listing, Springbrook Creek was formerly (1998) 303(d) listed for
several other toxic metals, but recent testing has shown Springbrook Creek to meet
standards for these substances. Although water quality appears to have improved,
dissolved oxygen and bacteria continue to exceed standards. Therefore this indicator
is not properly functioning.
Habitat Access
Physical Barriers
The BRPS, located downstream near the confluence of Springbrook Creek and the
Green/Duwamish River, is a partial barrier to fish migration. Adult salmonids are
able to pass upstream of the BRPS, while juveniles cannot negotiate upstream past
the BRPS. Once above the BRPS, adult salmonids cannot migrate back out of the
system downstream of the BRPS, while juveniles are able to migrate out. On
occasion, adult chinook salmon have strayed into Springbrook Creek, where there is
little suitable spawning habitat, and have been unable to return to the Green River
(Kerwin and Nelson 2000). Dense reed canarygrass (Phalaris arundinacea) may
also impair passage where it spans shallow portions of the channel (Kerwin and
Nelson 2000).
Water quality in Springbrook Creek and lower Mill Creek (tributary to Springbrook
Creek) may pose a barrier to fish migration under certain conditions. Harza (1995)
noted that chinook salmon entered the BRPS between September 17 and October 22
of 1994. During this time water temperature reached 20.2°C at the BRPS. At the
same time, dissolved oxygen at the Mill Creek U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) gage
averaged 4.5 milligrams per liter (mg/1), ranging from 0.9 mg/I to 10.1 mg/l.
Similarly, percent saturation of dissolved oxygen ranged from 9.2% to 86.1%,
averaging 42.5%. These levels indicate that conditions in lower Mill and
Springbrook creeks were often lethal to salmonids during this time period
(Harza 1995). These conditions likely pose a significant obstacle to migrating
salmonids. This indicator is considered not properly functioning.
Habitat Elements
Substrate Embeddedness
Springbrook Creek sediments are dominated by fines in the Project vicinity. The low
gradient of this stream contributes to low stream velocity, and fine sediment is not as
readily transported as it would be in a higher gradient stream. Harza (1995) indicated
R.W. Beek Associates (05287.05) ¢
Existing Environmentai Conditions
that severe downcutting was occurring in Mill and Garrison creeks and low to
moderate downcutting was occurring in Springbrook Creek. Erosion from these sites
and urban runoff upstream may contribute fine sediment to Springbrook Creek. This
indicator is not properly functioning.
Large Woody Debris
Within the Action Area, LWD is absent. LWD is also absent from much of
Springbrook Creek. Woody riparian vegetation is lacking at the Action Area, and
recruitment of wood into the stream is limited to certain areas.
Due to the low gradient and velocity of this stream, wood is not readily transported
downstream. This indicator is not properly functioning.
Pool Frequency
The Springbrook Creek channel has been modified in many areas, including the
Action Area, where the channel is a straight trapezoidal channel with little internal
complexity and almost no sinuosity. As a result the channel has a relatively
consistent depth. The channel does include deepwater habitat, however, and low
velocity due to the low gradient of this stream. Mill Creek, a major tributary of
Springbrook Creek, also has a modified channel with little pool development. This
indicator is not properly functioning.
Channel Conditions and Dynamics
WidthlDepth Ratio
Although some portions of Mill Creek (upstream of Springbrook Creek) are downcut,
altering the naturally occurring width/depth ratio (Jones & Stokes 2004), the
width/depth ratio generally is less than 10 as it is in the Project vicinity. Therefore
the width/depth ratio is properly functioning.
Streambank Condition
Streambanks in the Project vicinity are heavily vegetated with reed canarygrass.
While this invasive species is detrimental to habitat condition, it appears adequate to
maintain channel stability in the low -energy environment of Springbrook Creek.
Streambank conditions within the Mill Creek subbasin are significantly degraded.
The level of development within the subbasin, relocations and channelization of
streams, and removal of riparian vegetation have caused severe downeutting of the
streambanks within the subbasin (Harza 1995). While the specific percentage of
stable versus unstable streambanks is unknown, this indicator is likely functioning at
risk.
3.5 December 2105
SW 34�� Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
Floodplain Connectivity
The Springbrook Creek subbasin has been isolated from the Green/Duwamish River
floodplain by the BRPS and dikes and levees along both the Green/Duwamish River
and streams in the Springbrook Creek subbasin. The streams in the Springbrook
Creek subbasin, including Mill Creek, have been significantly modified as evidenced
by their lack of meandering and uniform trapezoidal morphology. This indicator is
considered to be not properly functioning.
Flow/Hydrology
Change in Peak/Base Flow
The level of development within the Springbrook Creek subbasin is significant and
has caused an increased flashiness to streamflow, with higher peak flows and reduced
base flow as the amount of impervious surface area within the subbasin has
increased. This indicator is considered to be not properly functioning.
Increase in Drainage Network Due to Roads
The drainage network in the Springbrook Creek subbasin is significant due to the
level of development. This indicator is considered to be not properly functioning
based on the level of development.
Watershed Conditions
Road Density and Location
The road density within the Springbrook Creek subbasin is significantly greater than
3 miles per square mile and includes valley -bottom roads in close proximity to stream
channels. Therefore this indicator is not properly functioning.
Disturbance History
The Springbrook Creek subbasin is an urbanized setting and does not meet the
Northwest Forest Plan (NWFP) standard for Late Successional Old Growth (LSOG)
retention that is a criterion for determining the rating of this indicator. The Project is
not located in a forested setting, and the equivalent clearcut area is much greater than
15% of the subbasin. This indicator is considered to be not properly functioning.
3.2. Species Occurrence in the Project Action Area
3.2.1. Bull Trout
Bull trout of the CoastaUPuget Sound Distinct Population Segment (DPS) were listed
by the USFWS as threatened under the ESA on November 1, 1999 (64 FR 58910).
All naturally spawning populations of bull trout in the continental United States are
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.05) ��
Existing Environmental Conditions
included in the listing. On January 9, 2001 (66 FR 1628), Washington stocks of
Dolly Varden (Salvelinus malma) were also listed as threatened because they are
similar in appearance to bull trout.
Stocks in the Project Vicinity
A sustainable population of bull trout is not known to occur within the
Green/Duwamish River basin (Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife 1998);
therefore, the indicators specific to bull trout subpopulation characteristics are not
applicable. Although no bull trout have been documented in the Springbrook Creek
subbasin, they have been recorded occasionally in the Green/Duwamish River
(Goetz 2004) and could, therefore, enter Springbrook Creek,
Habitat Requirements and Ecology
Bull trout of the Coastal/Puget Sound DPS exhibit four life history strategies:
resident (nonmigratory), fluvial (migrating within a river), adfluvial (migrating
between rivers and lakes in a watershed), and anadromous (migrating between
freshwater and marine environments). Bull trout prefer cold water and structurally
complex habitats. The Coastal/Puget Sound population is the only bull trout DPS in
which anadromous individuals occur_ Bull trout spawn in the fall, and fry typically
emerge in late February or early March. Cold, clear water and clean gravel are
required for successful reproduction and rearing. Fry prefer habitat with abundant
cover, and juveniles seek out cool water when water temperatures begin to exceed
59°F. Rearing occurs for several years before fish move into larger water bodies to
mature.
Designated Critical Habitat
Critical Habitat for the Coastal/Puget Sound DPS was designated on September 26,
2005, and includes the mainstem of the Green River downstream of Springbrook
Creek (70 FR 185:56212-56311).
Compliance with Recovery or Management Plan
Springbrook Creek is not within the Core Management Areas defined in the Draft
Bull Trout Recovery Plan (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 2004). As such, the
recovery criteria and specific goals of the plan do not apply to Springbrook Creek.
3.2.2, Puget Sound Chinook Salmon
The Puget Sound Evolutionarily Significant Unit (ESU) of chinook salmon was
designated as threatened on March 24, 1999 (64 FR 14308), and reaffirmed on
June 28, 2005 (70 FR 37160). This ESU includes all naturally spawned spring,
summer, and fall runs of Chinook salmon in the Puget Sound region from the North
Fork Nooksack River to the Elwha River on the Olympic Peninsula, inclusive (Myers
3 7 December 2005
SW 349, Street Culvert Replacement Project
BVogEcaI Assessment
et at. 1998). Trends for the ESU are predominantly positive for the South Sound, as
compared to the North Sound and Hood Canal, both of which have a predominantly
negative trend.
Stocks in the Project Vicinity
The Green River chinook salmon run has remained relatively stable, while other
Puget Sound stocks have declined (Kerwin and Nelson 2000). It is estimated that the
average run size during 1968-1997 (those that spawn and those captured) was
approximately 41,000. Approximately 5,700 fish per year are estimated to spawn
naturally. However, natural reproduction may be masked by strays from the large
hatchery returns in this watershed (Kerwin and Nelson 2000).
Small numbers of adult chinook salmon have been known to enter the Springbrook
Creek system and attempt spawning in the vicinity of the SW 27`h Street culvert
located about 0.5 mile downstream from the Project. It is not known if any of these
fish have spawned or reared successfully (Kerwin and Nelson 2000) in the poor
quality habitat of Springbrook Creek.
Habitat Requirements and Ecology
Adult summer/fall chinook salmon migrate into their natal streams to spawn in
September and October. Chinook salmon require clean, cool water and clean gravel
for spawning. Eggs are deposited and buried in gravel nests where they incubate.
Eggs reside in the gravel until hatching in 90 to 150 days, depending on water
temperature. Chinook salmon from the Green River typically leave freshwater within
the first year of life. After hatching, fry rear in their natal streams for up to 5 months.
Rearing occurs from February through June. The best rearing habitat is generally
associated with pools and wetland areas where woody debris and overhanging
vegetation can provide cover and protection. The young fish begin their migration to
salt water March through July, with peak migration occurring in June. The salmon
then mature in marine waters until between 2 and 6 years old, when they return to
their home system to spawn. The average age of chinook spawners is 4 years (Myers
et al. 1998).
Designated Critical Habitat
Critical Habitat for Puget Sound chinook salmon was designated on September 2,
2005, and will become effective January 2, 2006 (70 FR 52630). This habitat
includes the Black River and Springbrook Creek.
Compliance with Recovery or Management Plan
Chinook salmon recovery planning is being managed in conjunction with a coalition
of salmon management interests called the Shared Strategy for Puget Sound. These
interests include NOAA Fisheries, USFWS, the governor's office, Puget Sound treaty
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.05) ��
Existing Environmental Conditions
tribes, state natural resources agencies, local governments, and key
non -governmental organizations. A draft plan has been completed (Shared Strategy
for Puget Sound 2005). The draft plan is guidance rather than a regulatory document.
This Project is consistent with the Shared Strategy for Puget Sound draft plan (Shared
Strategy for Puget Sound 2005) and complementary, with a conceptual project
proposed in that plan (Project LG-19). Project LG-19 would rehabilitate habitat for
rearing and off -channel refuge on Springbrook Creek at river mile (RM) 1.0
(downstream of SW 34`h Street). No part of the SW 34Ih Street culvert replacement
would prevent implementation or effectiveness of Project LG-19_ In fact, the root
wads that will be installed upstream and downstream of the culvert are precisely the
type of improvement called for in the Shared Strategy for Puget Sound draft plan
(Shared Strategy for Puget Sound 2005). Therefore the SW 34`h Street culvert
replacement is consistent with salmonid recovery planning.
3.2.3. Bald Eagle
The bald eagle is listed as threatened by the USF W S; however, the bald eagle has
been proposed for removal from the federal list of endangered and threatened wildlife
(64 FR 36454-36464). The species breeds across much of Canada, the Pacific
Northwest, throughout the Great Lake states, and along the eastern and Gulf coasts.
Bald eagles are recovering as a breeding species in other areas of interior North
America. Washington hosts one of the largest populations of wintering bald eagles in
the lower 48 states as well as one of the largest populations of nesting pairs. The
majority of nesting bald eagles in Washington occur west of the Cascade Mountains
(Smith et al. 1997).
Early declines in bald eagle populations were attributed to human persecution and
destruction of riparian, wetland, and conifer forest habitats. However, the
widespread use of organoehlorine pesticides that caused eggshell thinning and
subsequent reproductive failure was the most important factor in the decline of the
species (Detrich 1985).
Various legal and management measures, including restrictions placed on the use of
organochlorine pesticides in 1972, development and implementation of the Pacific
Bald Eagle Recovery Plan (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 1986), and local bald
eagle management plans, have contributed to the continuing recovery of bald eagle
populations. Target numbers of nesting pairs in the region have been met
(64 FR 36453-36464).
Stocks in the Project Vicinity
Bald eagles may occasionally visit the site, although there are no records of eagles at
this location. The closest known bald eagle nest is approximately 2 miles away and
is located along the Green River (Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife
3-g December 2005
SW 3411 Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
2005). There are no bald eagle nests in the Project vicinity or within line of sight of
the Project.
Occasionally, bald eagles may forage on waterfowl in the Project vicinity; however,
there are no records of this activity. Sycamore trees located several hundred feet
upstream of the SW 34'h Street culvert could potentially be used by perching bald
eagles. However, during winter months, eagles are more likely to forage along the
Green River due to the presence of sizable salmon runs and more numerous suitable
perch trees.
Habitat Requirements and Ecology
Bald eagles typically nest in stands of old -growth trees near large water bodies.
Nests are often constructed in the largest tree in a stand with an open view of the
surrounding environment. Nest trees are usually near water and have large horizontal
limbs. Snags and dead topped live trees may be important in providing perch and
roost sites within territories. Because of their large size, eagles require ready access
to an abundant supply of medium to large fish during breeding (Johnsgard 1990).
Freedom from human disturbance is probably another important component of
suitable nesting habitat (Rodrick and Milner 1991).
Bald eagles winter along rivers, lakes, and reservoirs that support adequate fish or
waterfowl prey and have mature trees or large snags available for perch sites. Bald
eagles often roost communally during the winter, typically in a stand of mature trees
with an open branching structure and well -developed canopies. Winter roost areas
are usually isolated from human disturbance (Johnsgard 1990).
Although Springbrook Creek does attract waterfowl, and a run of coho salmon, there
are no mature trees or snags in the Project vicinity suitable for bald eagles to perch
and no sand bars, a favored foraging habitat.
Designated Critical Habitat
The USFWS has not designated or proposed Critical Habitat for the bald eagle (U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service 1986).
Compliance with Recovery or Management Plan
The proposed action will not violate the recommended protection measures for bald
eagles as outlined in the Pacific States Bald Eagle Recovery Plan (U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service 1986).
3.2.4. Other ESA -listed Species
There are no recorded sightings or suitable habitat for the other ESA -listed species
that may occur in King County (Appendix D) in the Project Action Area. These
R.W. Beck Associates (05281.05) 3�10
Existing Environmental Conditions
species (as identified by the USFWS) include Canada lynx (Lynx canadensis), gray
wolf (Canis lupus), grizzly bear (Ursus arctos), marbled murrelete (Brachyramphus
marmoratus), northern spotted owl (Strix occidentalis caurina), marsh sandwort
(Arenaria paludicola), and golden paintbrush (Castilleja levisecta). None of these
animal species are normally found in urban environments such as the Action Area.
The ESA -listed plant species are have not been observed in King County is recent
years and require conditions (acidic bog habitat for marsh sandwort and open
grassland for golden paintbrush) not found in the Action Area (Washington State
Department of Natural Resources 2005). Neither of these species was found in the
Action Area during wetland delineation and site reconnaissance surveys.
3-11 December 2005
Chapter4. Analysis of Effects
4.1. Salmonids
Salmonids present in Springbrook Creek at the time of construction may be subjected
to direct effects related to isolation and dewatering of the work area. Following
completion of the Project, other (indirect) effects are expected. The long-term effect
of the Project will likely be beneficial to salmonids in Springbrook Creek. This
would affect primarily coho salmon, which arc managed under the Magnuson -
Stevens Act (see Essential Fish Habitat evaluation in Chapter 6), but would affect
chinook salmon if and when they are present in Springbrook Creek.
4.1.1. Direct Effects
The potential direct effects to fish and fish habitat from the Project include the
following.
■ The temporary diversion of streamllow may temporarily increase sediment
transport and deposition to areas downstream of the Project site.
■ Excavation and grading may increase the likelihood of sediment transport and
deposition to areas downstream of the Project site.
■ Dewatering and excavation of the Project site may increase sediment transport
and deposition to areas downstream of the Project site.
■ An accidental spill of hazardous materials could occur; however, such an
occurrence is highly unlikely.
■ Relocation of fish from the construction area will require handling (seining,
electrofishing, and dip netting), which may stress the fish involved. However,
approved fish removal methods (Appendix B) will be used to minimize the
at December 2005
SW 34z' street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
potential for fish injury. Because this work will be completed during the
approved in -water work window (July 1 through August 31), it is anticipated that
only eoho salmon and cutthroat trout will be present.
Conservation measures, including isolation of the in -channel work area, adherence to
timing restrictions, use of a Baker Tank for treating dewatering discharge as
necessary, and erosion and sediment control measures, are anticipated to minimize
the potential for these impacts.
4.1.2. Indirect Effects
Indirect effects include effects that may occur during operation of the facility
subsequent to Project completion. Indirect effects may also occur should primary
prey species be affected. Operation of the culvert will improve fish passage by
reducing stream velocity during high -flow events. Operation of the culvert would
also have the beneficial impact of reducing roadway overtopping events upstream,
which would reduce pollutant exposure to stream water and the potential for fish
stranding. Root wads and associated alcoves that will be installed upstream and
downstream of the new culvert will add habitat complexity and provide refuge during
high -flow events, benefiting salmonids. No adverse indirect effects from the
proposed Project have been identified.
4.1.3. Effects of Interdependent or Interrelated Actions
No interdependent and/or interrelated actions have been identified.
4.2. Bald Eagles
4.2.1. Direct Effects
Direct effects include those that may occur during Project construction. Potential
direct effects associated with the proposed action would be disturbance of foraging or
perching bald eagles as a result of Project -related noise and activity. Because the
Project area does not contain suitable bald eagle nesting habitat, disturbance would
not occur to nesting bald eagles. There are no large snags or other perch sites in the
Project vicinity. The largest trees in the Project vicinity are a row of several
approximately 12-inch-diameter sycamore trees south of the Project on the east bank.
These trees have few branches large enough for bald eagle perch sites. There are no
sand bars in the Project vicinity. The only trees that will be removed in construction
of the Project are a few willows (less than 6-inch diameter).
Because of the urban/industrial environment of the Project environs, it is likely that
any bald eagles that may occur in the Action Area would be acclimated to noise and
R.W. Beck Associates (05237.05) 4-2
Analysis of Effects
would not be negatively affected by the construction noise and activity associated
with the proposed Project.
In consideration of the limited habitat value oCthe Project site, the small area of
impact, and the temporary nature of the construction, the Project is not considered to
have a direct effect on bald eagles.
4.2.2. Indirect Effects
Indirect effects include effects that may occur during operation of the facility
subsequent to Project completion. Indirect effects may also occur should primary
prey species be affected. No potential indirect effects from the proposed Project have
been identified.
4.2.3. Effects of interdependent or Interrelated Actions
The proposed action has not been linked to any other actions that could affect
protected species, nor is it expected to cause or contribute to any such actions. Thus,
no interdependent and/or interrelated effects have been identified.
4.3 December 2005
Chapter 5. Determinations of Effect
5.1. Chinook Salmon
Because Chinook salmon in the Green River watershed typically migrate out to salt
water before the in -water work window when in -channel construction would occur,
and because the in -channel construction would be isolated from the stream with
temporary cofferdams, the Project is expected to have no direct effect on Chinook
salmon. The Project would improve habitat conditions slightly in Springbrook Creek
by reducing impoundment of floodwater behind the culvert, reducing the frequency
and extent of flooding upstream, and through the installation of rootwads and alcove
habitat with shading vegetation upstream and downstream of the Project. Therefore,
the Project would have a beneficial effect on habitat, which has been designated as
Critical Habitat for Puget Sound Chinook salmon. Therefore the Project may affect
but is not likely to adversely affect Chinook salmon or designated critical habitat. If
Chinook recolonize the Springbrook Creek basin at some date in the future, the
Project will have a beneficial effect for this species.
5.2. Bull Trout
Bull trout are not known or expected to inhabit Springbrook Creek. This
low -gradient, tow -elevation highly modified channel does not have habitat suitable
for bull trout. In addition, all in -channel work would be conducted within the
isolation of cofferdams upstream and downstream of the Project. Springbrook Creek
is not designated as Critical Habitat for bull trout. Therefore, the Project will have no
effect on Coastal\Puget Sound bull trout.
December 2005
SW 3411 Street Culvert Replacement Praject
Biological Assessment
5.3. Bald Eagle
There are no bald eagle nests or roost trees in the Project vicinity, and no trees greater
than 5 inches in diameter would be removed for the Project. Although bald eagles
may occasionally fly over the site and could on occasionally forage for waterfowl
near the site, they would be more likely to be concentrated along the Green River
located approximately 0.75 mile west of the Project. Considering the lack of
perching habitat, the existing urban/industrial condition of the area, and the
temporary nature of the construction, the Project is considered to have no effect on
bald eagles.
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.05) 5-2
Chapter 6. Evaluation of Essential Fish
Habitat
Public Law 104-297, the Sustainable Fisheries Act of 1996, amended the Magnuson -
Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act to establish new requirements
for Essential Fish Habitat (EFH) descriptions in federal fishery management plans
and require federal agencies to consult with NOAA Fisheries on activities that may
adversely affect EFH. The Pacific Fisheries Management Council (PFMC) has
designated EFH for the Pacific salmon fishery, federally managed groundfish, and
coastal pelagic fisheries (Pacific Fishery Management Council 1999).
The Magnuson -Stevens Act requires consultation for all federal agency actions that
may adversely affect EFH_ EFH consultation with NOAA Fisheries is required by
federal agencies undertaking, permitting, or fiinding activities that may adversely
affect EFH, regardless of their location. Under Section 305(b)(4) of the Magnuson -
Stevens Act, NOAA Fisheries is required to provide EFH conservation and
enhancement recommendations to federal and state agencies for actions that
adversely affect EFH. Wherever possible, NOAA Fisheries uses existing interagency
coordination processes to fulfill EFH consultations with federal agencies. For the
proposed action, this goal is being met by incorporating EFH consultation to ESA
Section 7 consultation, as represented by this BA.
The EFH designation for the Pacific salmon fishery includes all those streams, lakes,
ponds, wetlands, and other water bodies currently or historically accessible to salmon
in Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and California except above the impassible barriers
identified by PFMC (1999). Activities occurring above impassable barriers that are
likely to adversely affect EFH below impassable barriers are subject to the
consultation provisions of the Magnuson -Stevens Act. In estuarine and marine areas,
proposed designated EFH for salmon extends from the nearshore and tidal submerged
environments within state territorial waters out to the full extent of the exclusive
6�7 December 20GS
SW 3411 Street Culvert Replacement Project
Biological Assessment
economic zone offshore of Washington, Oregon, and California north of Point
Conception (Pacific Fishery Management Council 1999).
The Pacific salmon management unit includes chinook, coho, and pink salmon. EFH
for chinook salmon and coho salmon does occur within the Project Action Area.
EFH for groundfish and coastal pelagic species does not occur within the Project
Action Area.
The Project could potentially result in temporary effects to water quality during
culvert removal and installation (as described in Chapter 4). However, replacement
of the culvert will help reduce roadway flooding upstream and therefore will reduce
contact of stream water with roadway pollutants. The Project will include habitat
improvements with the installation of root wads and associated plantings and will
reduce peak -flow velocity at the SW 34'h Street crossing. No permanent adverse
effects to EFH for Pacific salmon will occur. Therefore, the Project will have no
adverse effect on EFH for Pacific salmon and will benefit coho salmon by improving
habitat quality accessibility of habitat upstream of the culvert.
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.05) i
Chapter 7. References
Detrich, P.J. 1985. The Status and Distribution of Bald Eagle in California. M.S.
thesis. Chico, CA: California State University, Chico.
Goetz, F. A., E. Jeanes, and E. Beamer. 2004. Bull Trout in the Nearshore.
Preliminary Draft. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Seattle District. Seattle,
WA. June.
Harza. 1995. Final Report: Comprehensive Fisheries Assessment of the Mill Creek,
Garrison Creek and Springbrook System_ Consultant report prepared for the
City of Kent, Environmental Engineering. Kent, WA.
Johnsgard, P.A. 1990. Hawks, Eagles, and Falcons of North America. Washington,
DC: Smithsonian Institution Press.
Kerwin, John, and Nelson, Tom S. (eds.). 2000, Habitat Limiting Factors and
Reconnaissance Assessment Report, Green/Duwamish and Central Puget
Sound Watersheds (WRIA 9 and Vashon Island). December. Washington
Conservation Commission and the King County Department of Natural
Resources.
Myers, J.M., R.G. Kope, G.J. Bryant, D. 'feel, L.J. Lierheimer, T.C. Wainwright,
W.S. Grand, F.W. Waknitz, K. Neely, S.T. Lindley, and R.S. Waples. 1998.
Status Review of Chinook Salmon from Washington, Idaho, Oregon, and
California. (NOAA Tech. Merino, NMFS-NWFSC-35.) U.S. Department of
Commerce.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NOAA Fisheries). 1996. Making Endangered
Species Act Determinations of Effect for Individual or Grouped Actions at
the Watershed Scale. Environmental and Technical Services Division,
Habitat Conservation Branch.
December 2005
SW 34 ^ Street Colvert Repfacement Project
Biological Assessment
Pacific Fishery Management Council (PFMC). 1999. Amendment 14 to the Pacific
Coast Salmon Plan, Appendix A: Identification and description of Essential
Fish Habitat, adverse impacts, and recommended conservation measures for
salmon. Available: <http://www.pcouncil.org>. Accessed: February 26,
2001. Portland, OR.
R.W. Beck, Inc. 1997. East Side Green River Watershed Plan. Prepared for the
City of Renton.
R.W. Beck, Inc. 2004. Draft FEQ Modeling Results fur the East Side Green River
Watershed Plan. Prepared for the City of Renton.
R.W. Beck, Inc. 2005. SW 34'`` Street Culvert Replacement Project. Final Pre -
Design Report. Prepared for the City of Renton. November.
Rodrick, E., and R. Milner (tech. eds.). 1991. Management Recommendations far
Washington Priority Habitats and Species. Olympia, WA: Washington
Department of Wildlife.
Shared Strategy for Puget Sound (SSPS). 2005. Draft Puget Sound Salmon
Recovery Plan. Seattle, WA. June 30. Available:
<http://www.sharedsalmonstrategy.org>. Accessed: December 8, 2005.
Smith, M.R., P.W. Mattocks, Jr., and K.M. Cassidy. 1997. Breeding Birds of
Washington State. Volume 4 in K.M. Cassidy, C.E. Grue, M.R. Smith, and
K.M. Dvomich (eds.), Washington State Gap Analysis —Final Report
(Publications in Zoology No. 1). Seattle, WA: Seattle Audubon Society.
Streamnet. 2005. Streamnet salmon distribution online database. Available:
<http://www.streanmet.org>. Accessed: December 8, 2005,
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). 1986. Recovery Plan for the Pacific Bald
Eagle. Portland, OR.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). 1998. A Framework to Assist in Making
Endangered Species Act Determinations of Effect for Individual or Grouped
Actions at the Bull Trout Subpopulation Watershed Scale.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). 2004. Draft Recovery Plan for the
Coastal/Puget Sound Distinct Population Segment of Bull Trout (Salvelinus
confluentus). Puget Sound Management Unit (including the Chilliwack
River and associated tributaries flowing into British Columbia, Canada).
Portland OR. May.
Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW). 1998. Washington State
Salmon and Steelhead Stock Inventory: Bull Trout and Dolly Varden
Appendix. Olympia, WA.
R.W. Back Associates (05287.45) 7 2
References
Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology). 2005. Washington State's
Water Quality Assessment t303(d) & 305(b) Report]. Final 2004 Submittal.
Available: <http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/303d/2002/
2 002 -index. html>. Accessed: December 5, 2005.
Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW). 2005. Priority
Habitats and Species database. Renton Quad.
Washington State Department of Natural Resources (WDNR). 2005. Natural
Heritage Program. Available: <http:/rbwvw.dnr,wa.gov/nhp/>. Accessed:
December 12, 2005.
7-3 December 2005
Appendix A
Project Drawings
I
v)
CL
CDIKRI
I -
CONCRE-E f -50' WETLAND BUFFFR
I'01ND 2' WOM CAP * CONCRETE DOWN D.4 N
1 CASE A" TIE CENTER OF NTENSUCIIDN MTH SW
Mi STKFT W OAx5DALE AVE SW, SMRIEY
CONTROL DATA 14,5E PDRA ID(619fi. PUBLISHED
ELEYAIKN1 19,504 U.S. SURVEY FEET.
vN I I
RN/2
SSW
RN 19.22
E E 13.54
IF 19 13 Q
cHANNND.ED
W.I
.AT FRONT OF WALA At
Kw,
CO
CORNER 12.0625E iRX.EwAY
N .062E
M'35
E 1,295,35E fi602
BALK
ELEVATION 18.82 FEET
I
�. � ASixil, � Sc ELC
GATE EL 11167
BUILT EL Ixa9 ---
61➢G
CD 119E I
MM 19,50
[ M 17.55
A 1166
BOT ISA2
ASPHAT
50' WETLAND BUFFER
I_ Ecc
I n I - - sOMx
WET, A�4C eprtE XOL�
"I
C7 RN 19.45 -
EW 11.82
�1� V,
IIfZ)
II E IIA3
- M l--R 51 WCE
Z
a
WE I
Be 11.25
DO FEET
DN 04/19/2005
n
+ z
;+
V
r
WETLAND 2
411
v
-
08
_
sP a
-e F_?D
7/" CMI' STOK',7
'E 8 G°
'7
CAAr 10RM Clli' -R ��
�
P-n
_: 1
05 r,.r WA R SU?N'AL
ON oy-9/z#05
R'NC©RD K C9EEK I �
�-�
f-7.9'
- `' Si %CBRDCK
C.ftEE�N .A>ER ,uRrACE 1os7 F<U
��
it '1"CM a
---
-� A• 2�2D Py- oti D4I19/2-0_
STpFiT/ CUIJE?'�
`T ..
1=a-2U ,^
.=
If 8.'9
fi
72'CMF' STORM
CULVEkT
c-8.34
o
IE-1217
_-
8-PVC STDRM Ism
i-F4T-
4�
DORE
ro
~ !
-
W 1YPE I
jl RN 17M
SP-2
E x 1I.-
.c CB 7wE
-
I+ Ml 1354
,•<4 RI Y 1747
SP-fi
d _
fIj 8Ci 11.5A DN-2
IE S 13.41
I+ I
�F
ASPHALT TRAIL
®
FONIO REBAR MID CJY
0.5' SOVNIE BOLLARDS
M 1221
5, EOT 13.23
-
SCE 27329"
1 RIY te.la ASPHALT TRAIL
.
.. :. .
'SEr
ML loll
sopK NAIL
ECG
. CAST EL ie60
-
Fa NAIL
AT XE. END ASPHA,7 FOOT
'�
g BDT 8.74
_
`�
X 1e7.13a.M43
E 1,295,E+5.5E59
-
.. BOLT EL1F
'pATTi NGR p1+" 6 wN.K
11DN I8.61 FEET
ELEVATION
irT
' n 165,9E6.5052
1p95,5418269
Y
S!W,I FCC -
-ELLOT1ON 19.57 FEE,
._
FAW 2104
E E 14.99
50'
WETLAND BUF
84yY
(„
o e
r
cTMN�n�
CONCRETE 9CU.E
SEMI
1EMSE9151
I
-
ECC
Y x 15.47
cIwNELED
7 ASPrPL
N
�.50' NWETLANp [SHE FER
1LDC
ASINIALT :^
IT
.
14646
E N 1
'C8 '.YFE
_
E 5 IA.62
I
'RN
CONCRETE srtlE
SET PK NAE
I�
IE W 14m
CIWNNELED
20 e5
'E E I&3T
N 166.9fi0.5218 BE
I I9.35
E 1�95,fi10.6B90
BDT I7.0 -
2-S10RT
F'�EVATKM 18.90 FEET 76
E.
I
TLUP
BOLDING
7
ND705'S0'E LIND AVENUE SW
MUNI LEAD IN 1ACK
IN CNCJETr DCft
1017.10 r91ND FACT( IX BEAD N CONCRCTE
ND1'35'4E'L 2594.76'
06' IN CASE
IhDWMNT. DOW 0.7' N CASE
F(i TAEK N LEAD N- cr7Nc�00"
OP OF RENTON AAONu I ND. 1Bfi1
ElEYAllm 20.00 FYLI
0.6' N CASE. CIT+ OF RFJ410N xONUEENT
M0. 1551. ELEVATION 21.32 FEET
NO. REVISION BY DATE IAIIR
NOTES :
HORIZONTAL DATUM
NORTH AMERICANIWUM 83/91. HELD NORIH 01'35'48- EAST BETWEEN MONUMFNTS AT THE INTFRSECTION OF LIND AVENUE
SW AND SW 3CTH ST(NOT CPFN) AND LIND AVENUE SW AND Sw 23RD ST(NOT OPEN).
VERTICAL DArUM'..
NORTH AMERICAN VERTICAL OA'UM 88. HELD CITY OF RFNTON MONUMENT NO. 1861 AT THE INTERSFC71ONS OF LIND AVENUE
SW AND SW 30TH 7(1 0?11 FI FVATION 20-OC FEET AND MONUMENT N0, 1551 AT LIND AVENUE SW AND SW 23RD ST(NG'
OPEN) ELEVATION 21.32 FEET.
DHA Bi TOP N-,RTHWEST BASE BOLT OF LIGHT STANDARD 1176 FEET FAST OF THE CENTERLINE OF SPRINGBROOK CREEK
ON NORTH S1DE OF 34TH STREET SOUTHWEST, ELEVATION 18,92 FEET
DH4 fili CHISEID SCJARF AT SCUIHEASI CORNER CONCRETE TRANSFORMER, 1,175 FEET WEST OF SPRINGBROOK CREEK
CENTERLINE AND 12.0 FEET NORTH OF BACK OF WALK ON NORTH SIDE SOUTHWEST 34TH $ REST, ELEVATION 21.10 FEET
TGPCCRAPNIC MAPPJNC NOTES'
T4E MAP SHOWN HEREON IS THE RESULT OF A TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY BY ELANE AARTMAN k ASSOC,ATES, INC- (DWI)
COMPLETED CIA Ai. 21, 2005_ ALE EXISTING UTILTTIES SHOWN HEREIN WERE FIELD TIED AS A RESULT OF A UTILITY
PAINT -CUT DURING THE COURSE OF THE FIELD SURVEY, DUANE HARTMAN h ASSDCMATES, INC. {DHA) ASSUMES NO I
FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE UTILITY PAINT -OUT. DHA ASSUMES NO LMBILTIY, BEYOND SAT➢ DATE, FOR ANY FUTURE SURFACE
FEATURE MODIFCATQNS OR CONSTRUCTION ACTNATIES THA' MAY OCCUR WRHIN OR ADJOINING THE PERIMETER OF THIS SURVEY.
CONTACT OHA (425/483 - 5355) FOR STTE UPDATES AND VERIFICATIONS.
LEGEND .
-
RDAG .EN-E3L11f
6
MONUMLN' IV CASE
,TOAD ?i^,H7-OF-A'AY
Q�-
PRWEC' HLNC'iMR•i'•I
DLIEC Wr
x
f'K NAIL 'CON'RC•LJ
r*NCE L.NL
e
RLDAR AVU CAP
-
CONTOUR INTERVAL (2 FEET)
Y
CULVER'
CONTOUR INDEX (1D FEET)
LT
S'ORM DRAIN CATCH BASIN
•
STORM DRAIN CLEANOLIT
RI OD
DUILDING
STORM DRAIN MANHOLE
CLE
CHAIN LINK FENCE
-
CONIFER TREE
CONE
CONCRETE
DECIDUOUS TREE
GNP
CORRJ ED METAL PIPE
a
SIGN
Z�
ECC
EXTRUDED CONERFTE CURB
0
POTHOLE
20 D 20 4D
ORN
ORNAMIN'AI
O
SANITARY 51 MANHOLE
Oft
ORDINARY HIGH WATER
�-t
UTILITY POLE WITH IIGHT
stole Feet
p,C
POLYVINYL 'yLORIDE PIPE
#
LICFIT POLE
SP
SOIL PLOT
f,Z
WATER HYDRANT
SDMH
SIORM GRAIN MANHOLE
6I
WATER VALVE
SSMH
SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
li
WHELLCFAIR RAMP
P
WETLAND FLAG
UTILITY POTHOLE RESULTS:
DATE 05/12/2009
POTHOLE ID
TAROS"
UTILTT"
DEPTH TO 70P OF
UTLII' IN INCHES
DEPTH TD DOT OF : PIPE CONDUIT
UTILITY IN INCHES '', SIZE IN INCHES
PIPE MATERIAL
HUB EI.FVATIgN
SUBSURFACE
COMPOSITION
PI
powi--
- -- 42
69"
2 8' 2 4"
PVC
11.70'
ROCKY
P2
POWER
41"
49'
2 8' 2 4"
PVC
18.19'
ROCKY
i
POWER
44'
71"
2 8" 2 4"
PVC
18.16'
ROCKY
T1
TEL
37
64-
27 WIDE
COF DUCT
I6.44'
ROCKY
T2
TEL
25
51
25 99DE
CDF DUCT
18.47
ROCKY
T3
RE
9C
54
25 MOE
COE DUCT
18.21
ROCKY
GI
GAS
39
43
4.
PE
18.31
ROCKY
2
-ug- d
m,
39
4
PET
ROCKY
M.5-
4"
PFtA3
lb
Ul
NE 1/4" SR 1/4, S 25. TWP 23 N, R 4 E k NW 1/4, SA 1/4, S 30, TWP 23 N. R 5 E. W.M.
CITY OF SW 34TH STREET 15 la_D5
-' REN TON CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT '"°'°°" 'L.L.
FIGURE A-1
DATUM O �"` 7 7
P1aDrlmg/eD4dmg/Public works Dept. EXISTING SURVEY
�. MAP -..
NIN
v
ch
cn
dI
IL
a
PSE POWER DUCT
PSE 4" CAS Co C6{P CI,'LVERT
s" ss
QUEST
COMMUNICATION
DUCT
ADWAY
7
acp �
NO. I REVISION
SECTION
SCA_EI Did/ = 5'
VERT 1 "--5'
CID
6Y DATE APP
=,Q R CITY OF
�+ RENTON
�.{ DAfUM Pionning/Building/Public Works Dept_
5 2.5 0 S 10
Sco a Feet
SW 34TH STREET �Rs-ls-os
CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
FIGURE A-2
EXISTING SECTION
I ti
i
E
wl=T��N4
� 80UNDP,RY--�
s4' WELLAND Al
BUFFER —
I [W MN' WALL
i
UST 36" .SO
CUT n LlSN W/
___ _____—__ ~�
i
E E �
r r-- rv'E1�f CATC�#�
l �
ROAD
RCCON )TRSCIIOr� - -...
n, -
dI
Ui
5N WINGWALL"
N -
v,
r. mcl _
orrc x
F- --1 WETLAND
AY nuS A 1F 1 Oh'� N CH
a scuE nC aw0nELr $GUNDARY
n V N0.
w£T4N11 50' WMAND ST
/ BOUNDARY PER Afo"M IN (A
�J REW AND CRP
C(fr42RC
SWM aR4W CATCH R49m
co"o YR MT
% J — SMNCBROOK CREEK TRAIL SO"
RECONSTRUCTION DArA saor
! ECb sapfrhRY SfAFR 4mmF
! SAWrARY SFWi"R CLEAIV Dili
urrum POLE xrrri t>a+r
4 EX)ST 60STORM WATER flVVNV
DRAIN. CUT FLUSH W,/ WATFN VAI VF
� New WALL wNFFiclaarR
. � MEiLAND fLP.f,
_ { _ cw C64'RETF,
CMIG CORRIATC NE7.dG lVF
RELOCATED SANITARY
SEYdER.Ta£f.sf ICU E oft 61%v vTk
pNW CmnriRRV Nr,'H WA7FR
Pali 4ti' LA �'N Ili P_, ,4i�
--_ �____--_� ' ---- 3 1'riV x 1 ,•?ICN 7-A,} 1
-+- i
- t?ELOC�TEL �
y 12, WATER —
1 LiMiT OF ROAD
f r R£CONSTRUCTiON
X.
tl1��1r111LLLCl1EL cane R r-of-wnr
q
I FNC�ff WA?t7CR MARL'
j} I � VArUfRY�IXlNO G4S
UNUFAr_90 V MNITARr
}1}E ut r,c>rrA�_t u,�Nn sTapk
1 f WETLAND I BOUNDARY' 040ERCMLYD THIPHO&
e J
{, ! - iWVRCRVX WAIER
� I-�rETI�ND f1➢
50 eu�I 1z nr��
Ri75 SURL'L'Y l7EPRESFN73 77t£ Y4P4GRAPVilC FCATTtPFS
SPRINGBROOK CREEK iRAIE_ AV rHf r f:risrFD Cv .S: rF As ar APf2lc 21, aoo
40.
K1N(; L rarY �+ 15 Q 15 30
flRANINAGE ISTRIM
RQW ` � ' � Scole feel
NE 1/4, SE 1/4, 6 25, TWP 23 If, R 4 E k " 1/4, SW 1/4, S 36, M 23 N, R 5 L T.11,
REVISION
—CM r0. SW 34TH STREET 6-15-OS Ci Y C}F CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
... -i RENTON
`"° ,� DATUM FIGURE A-3
a03 ..r P;orn�ng/DuHCing/Pvbft Works Dert, PLAN
BY DATE APPR
� r �
�%} 50' VC
iA - -
a
-
W
�
c W � 'c�
U
I
Q
2 —
U
[] I
I
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
DIVERSION PIPES
Z
150' VC
50' VC
`o
N
Ln
N'
c
o
C,
-
lu
p4
Q o
Q
c]
U1
a�i
m
Q v
W
V]
m
a2 MAX GRADE RASE
r
3
�2,3"
W
l/]
W
:.J
m
la:
W
F
Ul
}
-2-0%
ISTING GRADE
TEMPORARY
CONSTRUCTION
r ` EXCAVATICN
SFAWNING GRAVEL
FOUNDATION MATERIAL
SECTION A
SCALE: HDRII 1 "=111' FIC 7
VERT 1"=1O'
PEDESTRIAN
GUARDRAIL
SW WINGWALL ° SIDEWALK
� SIDEWALK
i
CREEK INVERT �
RELOCATED GAS -
RELCCA ED
COMMUNICATION DUCT
BOX CULVER' BASE
SECTION B
SCALE: HORIZ 1"=10' FIG 7
VERT 1"-10'
NO. I REVISION
REI-OCATFD WATER
EXISTING
GRADE
NW WINCWALL
!� RELOCATED ELECTRICAL DUCT
CITY OF
RENTON
I�r OATIJM
�� Planning/Building/Public Works Dept.
sir .un�o-a.,
10 5 0 10 2C
Scale Feet
SW 34TH STREET a�6- s-os
CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
FIGURE A-4
SECTIONS
y
i
cC1K1iElE 3
�A-2
4 I BUFFER
L
�dx
�bc
a1,
m�
K
O I
m
N
Y
m
zi
0
m1`
c�
6cUfr�'UN DA V1L1 V NU i —1
`RY-1
SURFACE
PN ML
X, tNON, 1, WA1K AI
.." ClkFa[TE pp"Kf
N lria992-0525
t1s5,75_.5No7
I�
ELEVAll ,S.ez t 1
u5I F1 1167
-8
BC11 a15.a9
ASPKkT i
i
I�
�I
JII RRLK
11, 5�'
w FFD WETLAND BUFFER
SDAT11
Ak t9.+5
lrwnas
I IFa my
48" CIA TEMPORARY
DIVERSION PIPES
FLOW
T 72' CMP STORM CULVFRT
E 8.20 _ i
TEMPORARY IC 8.09—
COFFERDAM 72"CUP STORM CULVERT — �cl �ftE 79' E R'„6GBROOK CRELK ��
_ — I MPORARY a 2 X F.N. w!1
o+lly ms lE SPRiNG8�3DK CRkFK 1E 8,12,E �} 12"-NP STO C1iLVERi 1E=6.2G ^ COFFERDAM - .
-1
IE BAD �72"CUP STORM CULVFRT --,---.--- -- -' _ _
_F 5y 45 .�..
�1
' \ I ✓suer ,toL,�
�,-
�
P,N
i a ett :sa R,4-1. E a i.7. BOUNDARY
N, ::aLN gem t3.2, s
'; s j auaRt eounNus i1 nwri
0.5NhW' IVJJL rnuN- ?CLw, N.S- :h' - - � y I I E sH1 19.16 � X 'pK twL
t0� 4/ j _,F�r, -- �-------
- 1 1 `I Vk Y0. 10 T6 1
NOT 9.74
CAS-1 EL 19.50 } ACE NVF E1J7 AjprWl E¢l1T 1 -
- -' e%LY E�6r aK,N vEW eFcx. Ur '."
N 166,986.a054 llj
{ 54"269 I
�� aL� •+� � - �� � I - _ " E,svi911t`Jw 1e51 RE[ I
517` WI 460 BUFFER
Cl. {!
WEILANJ { i
BUfFEft ^%� ��ivss `I
LudC" scxE SS.i3
E N 15.47 I
ELM A f6f°1u`-1
c C" SC&I
ar,wrElio 1 �
4
R
SET PK PAL
N 5ib,9aUS718 I
E I,.6t7RN9L'
ELEYATK7N 18,90 IFFY X I
I�
I I j ryg1 181!
1�s4
,o
NOT -S
TN15 SUAVFY R£'PFES&V75- TNF 70POC4APHIC FLATt/RL5
As 7NEY EXfSTE, oh' SITE AS OF APRIL 2T, 2005,
2a a zo ao
Scale Feet
PLAN
SCALE: 1 "=ZY
-- —
�n ts1
- E 1295M9 5MR
vu
RE
rE
WETA"IQ
ILE
50' NWETAJ,6 BUFFER
cs rnEI
I mm 20.65
4 E E 58.3i
\
Jr" 1a.35
9pT 17.PS
\ Tno'Tc
SAS4m
i
{
�oT
'LAN lo DVCRTIFLOWS N SPRINGbRCO SCHEMATIC
ICREEK. FINAL P ANARILWlIY
RE DESi5NED By THE CANTRACTOR.
NN' 1/4, SE 1/4, S 25, TWP 23 N, R 4 E & Nl< 1/4, SW 1/4, S 36, TFP 23 N, R 5 t, rt.A.
—71E5-'5-DS
sW 34TH STREET
CITY OF CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PRWECT
RENTD`~1 FIGUREA-5 E�A
TEMPORARY DIV€RS*% KM
- NN
NO. REVlSIOh _J_� —��-
I
WET( AND
BOUNDARY
50' WETLAND
BUFFER
W WINGWALL
� r
EX'ST 36" SD f
CUT FLUSH W/
+
1
NEW 'HALL
',' AD
RECONSTRUCTION
_ N
E
0
AV
NEW CATCH HASINS
i,,T KAD LC'Y1 FC'JT
PLANTING SCHEDULE
SYMBOL
I SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME
SPACMC
QUANTITY
!"t
`�.l
POPulus BAL31FERA BU4K CoOTOW M 0
SPP. TRICHOCARPA
N0
i
C
SALIX SITCNfNSIS sITKA NIL10N
4' G.C.
20
ODRNUS STOLONIFERAA RED -OSIER UGGWOOD
1 4' 0 G
4
SEED MIX
SCIENTIFIC NAME
COMMON NAME
SR
% COVER
QUANTITY
VM. R FESTUCA RUM 19FA
FESCUE
301E
0.2 LBS ACRE
CAJi17( S'IPATA
SAWBfNf SEDGE
407E
O.t IBS ACRE
CAREX OEREYANA
KWCM SEDGE
Wx
PA LBS ACRE
N
ONE INCH
AT FULL SC> ONE MCH
SCALE ACCORDINCLY
1
�r
r
SW WINGWALL
50'
1
WETLAND -
f BOUNDARY
1
Jones &r Stokes
x
I WETLAND
BOUNDARY
r
r
Ii
1
50' WFTLAND
V`61FER
r
/ 5PRINCBP,DOK CREEK TRAIL
RECONSI RLJCT10N
Planti.ng_Notes.
1. Seed mix to be hydroseeded over all wellond and
wetlond buffer areas to be disturbed by mitlgo6on
activities including planting and installation of rootwods.
2. Rootwads shall be anchored prior to planting.
3. Willow species to be planted as 60" dormant
cuttings.
A. Dogwood species to he planted from 1-gallon size
containers.
S. Block Cottonwood shall be minimum 6' in height,
multi -branched, with single, dominant leader.
1 c�U t LEGEND
�, NE W'NGN'ALL
Mo+vuMExr w c45f
EXIST 60" STORM RFhAR AND CAP
DRAIN, CUT FLUSH W/ COLVERT
NEW WALL
STORM OWN CATCH BASIN
STORM OWN MANHOLF
W W cnNrEEA REE
oecrnuous TRce
- — RELOCATED SANITARY srsN
SEWER, SEE FIGURE E [MIA F101
f - f ._. - - _ .. SOh SA APr 5FW, R MAh'r+v� f
j I y 1f 1 I SIN A'. r SFYY'rR C rF.N OUT
i
�.
1
40'
KING C NTY
DRAINAGE (STRICT
Row
V11'1FxI; — —
POINT
urn„ All , WTH 116H,
!16'NTPJLC
I
WATER VALVE
_
KFI .�'C °: '�EL�
12" WATER
�
!Yh'FFiCFWR RAMP�-
LIVIT OF ROAD
WETLAND FLAG
f
RECONSTIRKTION
Brut
_
c�c
'rf
CONCREc
COxCRE
--
_ -
-
COR1G.
COAAfG+17fU MFTA1 flPE
URN
ORNIM£NrA1
-
y{
:
-
OHW
OR' Y "" WATER
_ - _
PKG
PCLYKNA1 CHIORIOf PTPf
® ®
SP
Soli PLOT
50MH
STGRM DRAIN MANHOLE
`
l
ssmN
SnmTMY SEWER AwHctc
It
ROAO CENTERLINE
1
r
RONO RIGHT-OF-WAY
'
BUfILWNC
'
SE W_ INGWALL_
FEV7 TrNF
WETLAND
—
-
HICH WATER MARK_
B_C_JNDAR'Y
UNDERGROUND GAS
ONDERCROUNO FLFCTRIC
----
'
WFTLAND
UNDERGROUND VNYTARr
BUFFER
UNDERGROUND STORM
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE
SPRINGBROOK CREEK TRAIL
UNDERGROUND WATER
NOTES
15
0
15 30
THIS SURVEY
REPRFSENrS THE TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURES
As THEY ExISTEo ON S)TF AS OF APRIL 21, 2005. scale
Feet
NE 1/4, SE 1/4, S 25, T?rP 23 N, R 4 E k KW 1/4, SR 1/4,
S 30, T" 23 N. R 5 E, W.M.
DATUM
rr�c CAD
No.
BY
REVISION
CITY OF SW 34TH STREET 12 �14f a5-
CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
E {��,
FIGURE A-6
Planning/Building/Public works Dept. PLANTING PLAN
Appendix B
'ish Exclusion Guidelines
Appendix B: Fish Exclusion Guidelines
B.1. Fish Removal and Relocation and Stream
Dewatering Protocol
Prior to work adjacent to or over Project creeks, a fisheries biologist will walk the
stream reach immediately above and below the work site and conduct a visual survey
for fish. Should fish be observed to be present, work will cease until they can be
removed from the area. No ESA -listed species are likely to be present during the
anticipated timing of the Project (late summer/low flow).
Prior to dewatering the site, aquatic life (all vertebrate species) are removed and
relocated out of the work area. Fish exclusion is done under the supervision of
environmental support staff.
The sequence for fish exclusion is as follows:
■ Isolate the area (block nets) upstream and downstream.
■ Remove as many fish as possible using seine or dip nets.
■ Gradually dewater the work area.
■ Remove as many remaining fish as possible using dip nets.
■ Electroshock, if required by permit, to avoid any stranding. Any permit
specifying electroshocking will be reviewed by NOAA FisherieslUSFWS in
accordance with the draft Memorandum of Agreement establishing fish removal
and relocation protocols (National Marine Fisheries Service 2000).
• Keep records of fish exclusion activities.
• Fish and other wildlife removal from the work area is allowable under a special
relocation permit required by WDFW, which includes several conditions
Appendix 8
intended to minimize harm to fish. A copy of the permit must be in the
possession of any persons authorized to collect wildlife, food fish, and/or
shellfish.
■ In order to reduce any impacts to the affected species that are handled during this
process, several techniques arc used.
Removal of fish and other vertebrates will follow these basic steps:
B.1.1. Isolate the Area
Install block nets at up and downstream locations to isolate the entire affected stream
reach. Block net mesh size, length, type of material, and depth will vary based on
site conditions but will be installed to block fish and other aquatic wildlife movement
into the work area. Generally, block net mesh size is the same as the seine material
(9.5 millimeters stretched). These block nets are then left in place throughout the
period of work and checked regularly to ensure that they are functioning properly.
Crew supervisors, leads, and/or crewmembers following initial oversight by
environmental staff may check these nets. Block net locations require leaf and debris
removal to ensure proper function. The amount of leaves and other debris collected
on the net will determine how often the nets need to be checked. An individual must
be designated to monitor and maintain the nets. Block nets arc installed securely
along both banks and in the channel to prevent failure during unforeseen rain events
or debris accumulation. Some locations may require additional block net support
such as galvanized hardware cloth or additional stakes or metal fence posts.
6.1.2. Fish Removal and Dewatering
Once the stream reach has been isolated, all attempts to remove fish and other aquatic
life are made in a manner that involves the least amount of handling. Aquatic life is
captured by hand or with dip nets and immediately put in dark -colored 5-gallon
buckets filled with clean stream water.
■ Fish screens will be used around pump(s) so fish are not sucked into pipes and
diversion pipe(s). Pumps shall not cause impingement on the screens.
■ The stream will be dewatered in two or three stages to allow fish within
dewatering section to leave with lowering water.
■ All available methods will be used to capture fish within the section of the stream
to be dewatered.
* Seining should be first used to capture fish within the stream. This method may
not work if substrate is large, reach contains deep pools, or if there are undercut
banks or heavy vegetation.
a.s
Appendix B
Electrofishing should be conducted after seining. A minimum of three
electrofishing passes should be conducted until no fish are caught or observed.
The following are measures to minimize impacts to fish during electrofishing.
— NOAA Fisheries and USFWS in Lacey, Washington, will be provided
written notification 10 working days prior to the initiation of electrofishing.
— All capture, retention, and handling methods shall be implemented at times
that will avoid temperature stress of fish being sampled.
— All collection and sampling methods shall be implemented at times that will
avoid disturbance of spawning fish. Any purposeful take of fish that are
actively spawning or are near fish spawning sites is prohibited.
— Electrofishing will be conducted following the NOAA Fisheries' June 2000
Backpack Electrofishing Guidelines or WDFW Electrofishing Guidelines.
— Electrofishing will be conducted only by qualified and experienced
individuals. A minimum of four individuals will be used for electrofishing.
— Electrofishing anodes will not be used as nets. Injury and/or death can result
from fish being exposed to the electrodes. Separate nets will be used to
capture fish.
■ If fish are captured or handled:
— All live fish captured shall be released as soon as possible and as close as
possible to the point of capture.
— The period of time that captured fish are anesthetized shall be minimized.
The number of fish that are anesthetized at one time shall be no more than
what can be processed within several minutes.
— If fish are held, a healthy environment for the stressed fish must be provided,
and the holding time must be minimized. Water -to -water transfers; the use
of shaded, dark containers, and supplemental oxygen should all be
considered in designing fish handling operations.
— Prior to conducting activities that may involve handling fish, individuals
shall ensure that hands are free of sunscreen, lotion, or insect repellent.
B.7.3. Information Logs
Each species and year class is recorded in bound field notebooks. Year class
designations will be used to allow a rapid estimate of length to minimize fish
handling time. Salmonids with fork lengths approximately 60 millimeters or less will
be classed as 0+ age fish, and fish over 60 millimeters will be classed as 1+ age fish.
In addition to the species information, field notes will also include other information
such as date, personnel, time, general site conditions, weather, stream temperature,
conductivity, length of stream reach, methods used, and any other general comments.
Data collected is used for research purposes, and clear/concise documentation is
important.
B3
Appendix B
B.1.4. Fish Release
All collected specimens are to be released unharmed upstream of the isolated stream
reach.
Appendix C
Photographs of the Project Area
Photo 1. Inlet to SW 34, Street culvert from left bank.
Photo 2. Inlet to SW 341, Street culvert from right bank.
Photo 3. Outlet to $W 34m Street culvert from right bank
Photo 4 Outlet to SW 3411 Street culvert from left bank.
Photo 5. Northwest corner of the site from the south side of SW 3411 Street.
Photo 6. Northeast corner of the site from the south side of SW 3411 Street.
M
s
i,
Photo 7. Southeast corner of the site from the north side of SW 34" Street.
Photo 8. Southwest corner of the site from the north side of SW 34� Street.
Photo 9. Springbrook Creek upstream from SW 341� Street
77
Vl
i W",,.
Photo 10. Springbrook Creek downstream from SW 341, Street.
Appendix D
NOAA Fisheries and US'PA'S Species Listing Information
Endangered Species Act Status of West Coast Salmon & Steelhead '
Current Proposed
Salmonid
Evolutionarily Significant Unit I
Endangered Endangered
ESA Listing Actions
Species
(ESU}
Species Act Species Act
Under Review
Listing Status' Listing Status
l
Snake Ri%_c.i FSU
Sockc 'e Salmon
I (Oncorhynchus.
2
Ozette Lake HSU
nerka)
3
I3aker River FSU
Not Warranted
4 (
Qb-,jp Egan River ESU
Not Warrunted
5 I
Lake Wenatehce ESU
Not Warranted
6
Quinali lake ESU
Not Warranted
I
I
7
Lake Pleasant ESU
Vol Warranted
8
Sacranmito,.River Winter-nni ESL'
it rt i�eret
1
9
Upper Cblumbio Rivet' Snring.run_ESU
Endangered
Chinook Salmon
10 �
.Shake River S1i-in ,Stulinler-rtin ESU
Threaleire
(O. tshawytschu)
1 I
Snake River Fall -run ESU
Threate
12
Pu€ et Sound ESU
Threate�
13
1-uwcr Colombia ItivcrESlJ
i
lipThreatened,
I
14
Unper Willamette River 1=SU
.� Threatened
15
Central Valley Spring -nun ESU
Tl:realriaed..
16
California Coastal ESU
m: „Tkom
17
Central Valley Fall and Late Fall -run ESU
Species of Concern
18
Uppg'.Klaniath-Trinity Rivers ESU
Not Warranted
1
19
Oregon Coast ESU
Not Warranted
20
Washineton Coast ESU
Nat Lf'urrunted
i
21
Middle Columbia River spring-nin FSU
Not Warranted
!
22
1.:pi,crColunibiaRiver ,uminer/fall run F5i
Not FVarranled
Southern Orci;on and Northern Calitbrni;€
I
23
FSUNot
Warruntcd
24
Deschutes River sunimer/rt111-nrn ESL!
Not War•rutatcd
25
I Central Calilornla Coast ESU
26
Southern Oregon Norther❑ C'alilurnia ESU
_--- -- _.
Threatened
Cohn Sahnun
Propom-if •
ESA Listing Status,
(O. kisutch)
27
Oretgoii Coast ESU
Threate'neil
Critical Habitat Designation
i
28
Lowcr Columbia River ESU
29
Southwest washington FSU
1
Xot biarranlecl
30
i Pt_t M Sound?Stra.it_ ofCeorgia FSU
Species ofCeizeern
31
C)1 'ill le PL'111n5lika FSU
Not fvarrarrted
('hunt Sal l»un
32
I f load Canal SEIm111e1'-run ESU
Threatened
(O. keta)
33
Cnluritbia Rivcr FSU
,_.,—Threaten
34
I'uget-.Soil Ild/Straitol'Cicor*ia 1_5U
Not J1'urranted
35
Pacific Coast 1iSU
,Vol Warranted
36
Siruthcrn C' €hfornisl I:SL!
•
ESA Listing; Status
O. rnykiss
37
i UpperC_'olumhia River Ftil-i
•
ESA Listing Status
i
(sieclhrld)
38
('enlral ['sslil'urnia toast I:SU
•
ESA Listing Status
�
39
I South Central C'alirorlria Coast ESU
Th •
ESA Listing Status
40
Snake River Basin ESU
Tlitcrlterikrl •
ESA Listing Status
.. .,..
41
Lower Columbia River ESU•
ESA Listing Status
42
i California CcnIraI VnIIey_E S-U
Threatened •
ESA Listing Status
i 43
I U )per WilEamette River ESL'
itr�er!
ESA Listing Status
44
Middle Columbia River ESU
ESA Listing Status
45
Northern Calilbrrlia ESU
ESA Listing Status
46
Oregon Coast ESU.
1neeies of (o"cern
'.
j
I
i
47
Sot€thwest Washington ESU
I
Not Warranted
48
O'.nipic Peninsula LSU
Not t'yarramed
49
I i'u�: ct Sound ESU
Mot War-r•crrrtec( •
ESA listing status 4
6
50
Klamath Mountains Province HSU
Mol liarrawed
Pink Salmon
151
Evcliyear
"Vol lfarrunted
(O. gorhuschcr)
52
t ldd- 'car
Not Pvorrunted
An Evolutionarily Significant Unit, or "ESU", is a distinctive group of Paci fie salmmon or steelhead. NOAA Fisheries considers an FSU a "species" under the ESA
Updated final listing determinations for 16 salmon ESUs were issued on June 28, 2005 (70 FR 37160). On September 2, 2005, we issued final critical habitat
designations for 19 West Coast salmon and steelhead ESUs (70 FR 5248X and 5=630).
The final listing determinations for the Oregon Coast coho ESU and ten Orrcovirl rrchus ntykiss ESUs have been extended for 6 months until December 12, 2005. See
the announcements published in the Federal Register on June 28, 2005 (70 FR 37217, and 70 FR 37219).
A petition to list Puget Sound steelhead was received on September 13. 2004. The ESU is currently under review.
littp://w;w.M.gov/westwafwo/se/sejist/KING.htm
LISTED AND PROPOSED ENDANGERED AND THREATENED SPECIES AND
CRITICAL HABITAT; CANDIDATE SPECIES; AND SPECIES OF CONCERN
IN WESTERN WASHINGTON
AS PREPARED BY
THE U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
WESTERN WASHINGTON FISH AND WILDLIFE OFFICE
(Revised October 8, 2004)
KING COUNTY
LISTED
Wintering bald eagles (Haliaeetus leucocephalus) occur in the county. Wintering activities occur
from October 31 through March 31.
There are five bald eagle communal winter night roosts located in the county.
There are two bald eagle wintering concentrations located in the county along the Skykomish-
Bt- '-ler-Tye Rivers and Foss River.
There are 38 bald eagle nesting territories located in the county. Nesting activities occur from
about January 1 through August 15.
Bull trout (Salvelinus confluentus) occur in the county.
Canada lynx (Lynx canadensis) may occur in the county.
Gray wolves (Canis lupus) may occur in the county.
Grizzly bears (Ursus arctos = U. a. horribills) may occur in the county.
Marbled murrelets (Brachyramphus marrnoratus) occur in the county. Nesting murrelets occur
from April 1 through September 15.
Northern spotted owls (Strix occidentalis caurina) occur in the county throughout the year.
M,-;or concerns that should be addressed in your Biological Assessment of project impacts to
lis._.t species include:
1. Level of use of the project area by listed species.
http_I/www,fws.goy/westwafwo/se/sc_lisUKINCi.htm (l of 3)1 l/29/2UU5 3:34:29 AM
http://www.fws.gov/westwafwo/se/se—list/KING.htm
r
2. Effect of the project on listed species' primary food stocks, prey
species, and foraging areas in all areas influenced by the project. ,
3. Impacts from project activities and implementation (e.g., increased
noise levels, increased human activity and/or access, loss or degradation of habitat)
that may result in disturbance to listed species and/or their avoidance of the project
area.
Arenaria paludicola (marsh sandwort) may occur in the county.
Castilleja levisecta (golden paintbrush) may occur in the county.
Major concerns that should be addressed in a Biological Assessment of listed plant species
include:
1. Distribution of taxon in project vicinity.
2. Disturbance (trampling, uprooting, collecting, etc.) of individual plants
and loss of habitat.
3. Changes in hydrology where taxon is found.
DESIGNATED
Critical habitat for the northern spotted owl has been designated in King County.
Critical habitat for the marbled murrelet has been designated in King County.
PROPOSED
Critical habitat for the bull trout (Coastal -Puget Sound distinct population segment) has been
proposed in King County.
CANDIDATE
Fisher (Martes pennanti) (West Coast distinct population segment)
Yellow -billed cuckoo (Coccyzus americanus)
httpa/www.fws.gov/westwafwo/se/se_iisdKING.htm (2 of 3) 11/29/2005 3:34:29 AM
hltp://www.fws.gov/westwafwo/selse—lisVKING.htm
fk
SPECIES OF CONCERN
Be,.cr's ground beetle (Agonum belleri)
California wolverine (Gulo gulo luteus)
Cascades frog (Rana cascadae)
Hatch's click beetle (Eanus hatchi)
Larch Mountain salamander (Plethodon larselli)
Long-eared myotis (Myotis evotis)
Long-legged myotis (Myotis volans)
Northern goshawk (Accipiter gentilis)
Northern sea otter (Enhydra lutris kenyoni)
Northwestern pond turtle (Emys (= Clemmys) marmorata marmorata)
Olive -sided flycatcher (Contopus cooperi)
Pacific lamprey (Lampetra tridentata)
Pacific Townsend's big -eared bat (Corynorhinus townsendii townsendii)
Peregrine falcon (Falco peregrinus)
River lamprey (Lampetra ayresi)
Tailed frog (Ascaphus truei)
V y silverspot (butterfly) (Speyeria zerene brerneri)
Western toad (Bufo boreas)
Aster curtus (white -top aster)
Botrychium pedunculosum (stalked moonwort)
Cimicifuga elata (tall bugbane)
http://www.fws.gov/westwafwo/se/se_list/KING.litm (3 of3)11/2912005 1:34:29 AM
SW 34th Street Culvert Replacement Project ■ R.W. Beck Associates ■ February 2006
MAR 2 3 2006
8ECEIV&D
III Janes & Stokes
Conceptual Wetland Mitigation Plan
SW 34t" Street Culvert Replacement Project
Prepared far;
R.W. Beck Associates
1001 4th Avenue, Suite 2500
Seattle, WA 98154-1004
Contact: Michael Giseburt, P.E.
Prepared by
Jones & Stokes
11820 North up Way, Suite E300
Bellevue, WA 98005
Contact: Andy Wones
4251822-1077
February 2006
This document should be cited as:
Jones & Stokes. 2006. Conceptual Wetland Mitigation Plan. SW 341 Street Culvert Replacement Project. February.
(J&S 05287.05 ). Bellevue, WA Prepared for R.W. Beck.
Table of Contents
Introduction................................................................................ 3
ProjectImpacts.......................................................................... 3
Project Mitigation....................................................................... 4
MitigationGoals.................................................................................4
Mitigation Objectives.........................................................................5
Mitigation Sequence..........................................................................5
Avoidance. .............................................................................. 5
Minimization...........................................................................5
Restoring Temporary Loss.....................................................6
Compensation........................................................................6
Monitoring and Maintenance..................................................6
Performance Standards. ......................................................... 7
References.................................................................................. 8
SW 3V Street Culvert Replacement ^,`
Tables
Table 1
SW 3411 Street Culvert Replacement Project Wetland Impact Areas
(square feet)........................................................................................................... 4
Figures
Figure1..........................................................................................Follows Page 8
Acronvms
OHWM ordinary high water mark
Project SW 341h Street Culvert Replacement Project
RMC Renton Municipal Code
RM. Beck Associates (05257.05) ,�
Introduction
This wetland mitigation plan was prepared to address wetland impacts associated
with the SW 30 Street Culvert Replacement Project (Project) proposed by the City
of Renton (Jones & Stokes 2005a). The Project's wetland delineation report (Jones
& Stokes 2005b) identified the following two wetlands associated with Springbrook
Creek in the Project vicinity: Wetland 1, located upstream, and Wetland 2, located
downstream of SW 341h Street.
The purposes of the Renton Municipal Code (RMC) wetland regulations are
described in RMC Chapter 3, Section 4-3-050.A.7:
"Wetlands: The purposes of wetland regulations are to:
a_ ensure that activities in or affecting wetlands do not threaten public safety,
cause nuisances, or destroy or degrade natural wetland functions and values;
and
b. preserve, protect, and restore wetlands by regulating development within
them and around them; and
c. protect the public from costs associated with repair of downstream properties
resulting from erosion and flooding due to the loss of water storage capacity
provided by wetlands; and
d. prevent the loss of wetland acreage and functions and strive for a net gain
over present conditions (Ord. 4851, 8-7-2000; Ord. 5137, 4-25-2005)_"
Project Impacts
The Project will result in a net increase in wetland area since the proposed culvert
will result in removal of the existing culvcrts and concrete at the inlet and outlet and
replacement with a shorter structure. Wetland area will also be gained on the west
side of the channel where the banks will be excavated and root wads added to
enhance instream habitat.
However, although the net effect of the Project will be an increase in wetland area
(approximately 600 square feet [0.01 acre]), there will be a temporary impact to
SW 345 Street C;aU,,r, W i laceme, Y:� f;
wetland and wetland buffer area associated with ground disturbance. Affected areas
of wetlands and associated buffers are shown in Table 1.
Table 1. SW 34th Street Culvert Replacement Project Wetland Impact
Areas (square fleet)
Wetland
Wetland Area Below
Wetland Area Above
Wetland Buffer
OHWM
OHWM
Wetland 1 - Prior to
2,593
290
3,544
Construction (existing area)
Wetland 1 - During
2,593
290
3,544
Construction (Temporary
Impact)
Wetland 1 - Following
2,893
290
3,544
Construction (new area)
Wetland 2 - Prior to
2,448
0
2,843
Construction (existing area)
Wetland 2 - During
2,448
0
2,843
Construction (Temporary
Impact)
Wetland 2 - Following
2,748
0
2,843
Construction (new area)
Total Permanent Gain
+600
0
0
following Construction
Note: OHWIA = ordinary high-water mark
Project Mitigation
The project will not result in a loss of wetland area, but will actually increase wetland
area. Areas that are temporarily disturbed during construction will be replanted with
native wetland vegetation, restoring or enhancing wetland function. Therefore, the
project will require no compensatory mitigation. Project mitigation described in this
plan is intended to achieve the following goals and objectives.
Mitigation Goals
The goals of this conceptual mitigation plan are to:
■ restore currently degraded wetland and stream buffer, and
■ enhance instream habitat of Springbrook Creek.
R.W. Beek Associates (05287,05)
SW 34�1 Street Culvert Replacement Project
Mitigation Plan
Mitigation Objectives
'rhe objectives of this plan are to:
• increase stream habitat area by replacing the existing culvert with a shorter
culvert,
■ remove invasive vegetation within wetland and stream buffer and replant with
native herbaceous, shrub, and tree species,
• grade and stabilize the streambank, and
■ enhance instream habitat value by installing, root wads in created alcove pools
and planting adjacent banks with overhanging woody species.
Mitigation Sequence
Mitigation follows the following mitigation sequence (from RMC Chapter 3, Section
4-3-050.M.8):
a. avoid any disturbance to the wetland or buffer,
b_ minimize any wetland or buffer impacts,
C. restore any wetlands or buffer affected or lost temporarily, and
d. compensate for any permanent wetland or buffer impacts.
Avoidance
Due to the nature and location of the Project, it will not be possible to avoid impacts
to wetlands and wetland buffers.
Minimization
Impacts to wetlands and wetland buffers will be achieved through the following
measures.
■ The use of equipment in wetlands and streams will be confined to the minimum
area necessary to construct the Project. This area will be outlined on construction
drawings.
■ The limits of construction will be staked, fenced, or flagged as no -work areas to
minimize temporary impacts from construction equipment.
■ Temporary erosion and sediment control measures and a Spill Prevention,
Control, and Containment Plan will be in effect to ensure conformance with
requirements of the City of Renton, the Washington State Department of
Ecology, and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
5
February 2005
SW 34`h Street Culvert Replauw!l ; � rc3c
• Contaminants associated with construction equipment (e.g., lubricants, fuel) will
not be allowed to enter wetlands. The construction contractor will provide a Spill
Prevention, Control, and Containment Plan that designates equipment refueling
areas that are designed to contain any fuel spills and isolate them from streams
and wetlands.
Restoring Temporary Loss
The Project will result in temporary disturbance of 5,041 square feet (0.12 acre) of
wetland below OHWM (stream habitat), 290 square feet (0.01 acre) of wetland above
OHWM (palustrine emergent habitat), and 6,387 square feet (0.15 acre) of buffer
habitat. This disturbance will be restored by the following measures:
■ invasive nonnative vegetation will be removed;
■ all disturbed areas above the active (wetted) channel will be replanted with native
herbaceous, shrub, and tree species in the wetland and stream buffers;
• disturbed areas in the roadway vicinity will be hydroseeded for rapid
revegetation;
• the stream channel will be widened to form alcove pools on the west bank
upstream and downstream of SW 34"' Street;
■ root wads will be installed in the constructed alcove pools to enhance instream
habitat value; and
• overhanging vegetation will be planted adjacent to the alcove pools to provide
shade, cover, and bank stability.
Figure 1 shows planting locations, species, quantities, and details.
Compensation
Because wetland and buffer impacts will be limited to temporary impacts that can be
restored, no compensation will be required.
Monitoring and Maintenance
A monitoring and maintenance program will be developed to evaluate the success of
the project and determine if the goals and objectives are being met. Mitigation
monitoring will be according to the following 2-year schedule:
• at the time of construction,
• 30 days after planting,
• early in the growing season of the following year,
• at the end of the growing season of the first year,
R-& Beck Associates (05287,0) -- n
SW 34" Stroet Culvut i placpmemt Prajeut
Mitigation Plan
■ early in the growing season of the second year, and
■ at the end of the second growing season.
Sampling sites will be established to determine survival rates. If mitigation fails,
measures will be taken to correct the mitigation problems.
Performance Standards
Performance standards for plant survival and community composition are critical to
evaluating the success of this mitigation project. The performance standards listed
below are for the wetland enhancement area to rectify wetland and stream buffer
impacts. All performance standards were determined from the best professional
judgment of qualified biologists.
For this project, the following performance standards have been established to meet
the mitigation objectives_
Plant Survival
At the end of the first year, 100% of the total number of plants installed should be
surviving. The contractor installing the plants would be responsible for replacing all
plants that die. Plants that die would be replaced with native species that appear to be
best suited for the site to maintain the 100% survivorship. Any replanting would use
several different species to maintain plant diversity. At the end of year 2, at least 80%
of the planted and desirable volunteer species should be surviving. Desirable
volunteer species (i.e., native shrubs and trees) would be counted toward the number
of live plants.
Sfreambank Conditions
As part of the monitoring plan, streambank conditions will be examined_ "As built"
construction plans will be drawn and used as a basis for determining streambank
stabilization success. Over the 2-year monitoring plan, photographs will be taken
from designated points to visually document the streambank conditions. Success
determination will be based on bank conditions, such as vegetation success and
density, slope, and bank movement.
7� _.' .
February 2006
SAI3' ;3�rset3"ietcxul�c�r B37t;�rr_.iar:
References
Jones & Stokes. 2005a. SW 34"' Street Culvert Replacement Project_ Joint Aquatic
Permit Application (JARPA). Bellevue, WA. (J&S 05287.05 600). Prepared for
R.W. Beck and the City of Renton. December.
Jones & Stokes. 2005b_ SW 34`h Street Culvert Replacement Wetland Delineation
and Stream Reconnaissance Technical Memorandum. Joint Aquatic Permit
Application (JARPA). Bellevue, WA. (J&S 05287.05 600). Prepared for R.W.
Beck and the City of Renton. December.
R.W. Beck Associates (05287.05)
n
Figure 1 . Planting Plan
Figure 1. Planting Plan
f
50' WETLAN[}'/ P€antina Notes
1. Seed mix to he hydroseeded over all wetland and
BUFFER
�FIG �' f wetland buffer areas to be disturbed by mitigation
activities including planting and installation of rootwads
Ord placement and removal of temporary creek bypass
`. pipes
WETLAND j 2. Rootwads shall he anchored prior to planting,
BOUNDARY 3 Wllow species to be planted as 60" dormant
cu
ttings
gs-
' 4 Dogwood species to be planted from 1-gollon size
containers,
Black Cottonwood shall he minimum 6' in height,
- mat
SPRINGBROOK CREEK TRAIL h-brgnchL , with si leader.
ominani d Ingle d
RECONSTRUCTION
— NE VJINGWALL
LEGEND
EXIST 36" SD
l
.
'OUT FLUSH W/
`:
--
-, _ _f
EXIST 60" ST M
s
Mo1uM£xr AN rts£
NEW WAt1
i
DRAIN, CUT FLUSH W/
R£RAR AM CAP
NEW WALL
CIA Vf-RT
F l
<f
sroRu ORA1N CATCH aasw
30' WIDEx1 D HIGH
5"M LVA1N MANHOLE
BOX CULVERT
1,?Cr
� .
DEC1Df10V5 TREE
.......'-_
i_ I S —
RELOCATED SANITARY
SEWER, SEE FIGURE b
DATA Plar
c
SANITARY SEWER AMNtY&C
NEW CATCH RASI f5
VNITARY';1WFP Ct£,w our
AT ROAD I Ot"I Pl')IN I
—
--
—
/• ���_ �.��
���
--- NE+�� T H'Al" N" �;l
10W
rrrr POLE WITH trc r
PC,) D POIN i
rxr Pnc£
OF
f
.;
WHEEL0140? RAMP
ROAD
RECONSTRUCTION
_ _
- �_:. _
I
�
`: LIMIT OF ROAD
%� RECONSTRUCTION
`
t3r.x
w£rDwD £LAG
auiLOmrc
� /
.._. -._. _.....
t_-
._
CONC
CONCRETE
_._.
_ -
...._. - ......
CORIG
CORR1GAr£D AVAL PIPE
_ I .
~-` 5W WINGWALL
OwORDINA1'r
H1CH WATER
-
I ... .. "_
PVC
fYJLrnwtt CNLLIAR£ PIPE
u-•;
�
.....,. �.�_ ..._
SP
SOS PLOT
I
i RFLOCATLD
SDMH
STORM DRAIN HWHOLF
PLANTING SCHEDULE
SYMBOL
SCIENTIFIC NAME
COMMON NAME
I SPACING
I QUANTITY
-
POPULUS BALSAMWERA
EPP- TRICHOCARPA
BLACK COTTONWOOD
NA
2
Wx SITCHENSIS
SITKA WILLCW
4' C.C.
20
CORRUS STOLONIFERA
RED-CSiER DOGWOOD
a' Q-c-
S
SEED MIX
SCIENTIFIC NAME
COMMON NAME
:L COVER
QUANTITY
FESTUCA RUBRA VAR. RUBRA
RED FESCUE
308
15 LBS ACRE
CARET{ STIPAT0.
SAWBLAK SEDGE
40%
12 LBS ACRE
CARER DEWEYANA
DEwEr SEDGE
20%
12 LBS ACRE
r -- 12 WATER
SSMH 54NITARY SEWER 1lA50101E
Rao CENTERLINE
r j
i ... ...... ROAD RaCHl_pF-WAY
Rija'o c
FENCE LINE
}s6N WATER WRK
• WETLAND............ ........ ............. CAS
BOUNDARY -SE WINGWALL uNa£RCRouNo
- ! UND£RGROOND ELECTRIC
54'`
}DING ,COUNTY WETLAND ux0£RCRouNO sWrARY
DRAINAGE ONOCRGRO" SNOW
DISTRICT
ROWAIGROLAW
GBROOK CREEK TRAIL UNO
UNDERCAOUNO WnL
SPr£R
_ 4D'
'EPHONE
WETLAND T.
j IN
f J s - -` ! . I NO TES
I ` 5 1OUNDARY _ i 15 0 t5 30
• - - _ I THIS SUPV£Y REPRESENTS THE TOPOGRAPHIC F£ArURF5
7■■■, =� I I ■ AS THEY EXTSrED ON SITE AS OF APRIL it, 2005- $Cole Feet
1 NE 1/4. SE 1/4, 5 25, TWP 23 N. R 4 E k XV 1/4, SW 1/4, S 30, TWP 23 N, R 5 E, 1f.li.
"=rO ONE —_ - ,�,e, +. I'=30' „� CITY CE SW 34TH STREET i2-14-05
fNLN .�.�
�hA ��� RENTQN CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
Al fact sat[. If NOr ONE r,CH W FIGURE 1
SCALE DAruM AYORNNCLY Jones & Stokes 0REVISION Planning/Building/Pu61ic wanks Dept. PLANTING PLAN
N. RSION BY DATE APPR �
Pre -Design Report
SW 34th Street Culvert
Replacement Project
City of Renton
Surface Water Utility
November 2005
Pre -Design Report
SW 34th Street Culvert
Replacement Project
City of Renton
Surface Water Utility
November 2005
CERTIFICATION PAGE
SW 34th Street Culvert Replacement Project
City of Renton.
Renton, WA
The engineering material and data contained in this Pre -Design Report were prepared under the
supervision and direction of the undersigned, whose sea] as a registered professional engineer is
affixed below.
S. G
o Ww
w
EXPIP.ES; 12 - 04 - O(o
r „
Michael S. Giseblik Project Manager
COPYRIGHT 2005, R. W. BECK, INC., ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
R. W. BECK
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT
REPLACEMENT PROJECT
Table of Contents
Certificate of Engineer
Table of Contents
Tables
Figures
Appendices
Section 1 INTRODUCTION
Background........................................................................................................1-1
Authorization......................................................................................................1-2
Scope..................................................................................................................1-2
Acknowledgements............................................................................................1-2
Section 2 SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND CONDITIONS
Surveyingand Mapping.....................................................................................2-1
Wetland Delineation and Stream Reconnaissance.............................................2-1
Geotechnical.......................................................................................................2-3
Traffic and Springbrook Creek Trail..................................................................2-3
Section 3 ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS
Introduction....................................................... ....... ..................................... .....
3-1
Project Objectives and Preliminary Design Criteria ....................... ..........3-1
Descriptions of Alternatives...............................................................................3-3
Alternative 1 —Double 30'X7' Box Culverts...........................................3-3
Alternative 2 — Single 30'xl0' Box Culvert .............................................3-4
OtherOptions...........................................................................................3-5
Alternative Comparison.............................................................. ....................... 3-6
Hydraulics.................................................................................................3 -6
Structural..................................................................................................3-8
Cost 3-9
Construction Impacts..............................................................................3-10
Utilities...................................................................................................3-10
Controlof Water.....................................................................................3-10
Environmental Impacts . ..........................................................................3
-11
Recommended Alternative...............................................................................3-12
Working Final Report. doc 11/21/05
Table of Contents
Section 4 RECOMMENDED ALTERNATIVE
Introduction........................................................................................................
4-1
Traffic and Springbrook Creek Trail.................................................................4-1
Dewatering/Diverting Springbrook Creek.........................................................4-2
Rights -of -Way and Easements...........................................................................4-3
Utility Relocations.............................................................................................4-3
Culvert Foundations...........................................................................................4-4
Road and Sidewalk Modifications ................................................ .....................
4-5
Environmental Considerations...........................................................................4-5
Potential for Scour or Sediment Deposition......................................................4-6
Potential for Contaminated Sediments...............................................................4-6
Permits and Regulatory Issues...........................................................................4-7
Schedule... ...... ................................................................................................... 4-7
Section 5 REFERENCES
Tables
Table 1 Hydraulic Performance of Existing SW 34 h Street Culvert and
Culvert Replacement Alternatives.................................................................3-7
Table 2 Predicted Maximum Velocities at SW 34"' Street Culvert for 2-year
FloodEvent......................................................................................................3-8
Table3 Cost Summary................................................................................................3-9
Table 4 Alternative Summary Comparison................................................................ 3-12
Table 5 Alternative 1 Cost Estimate .......................................................End of Section 3
Table 6 AIternative 2 Cost Estimate .......................................................End of Section 3
Figures
Figure 1
Project Area Map
Figure 2
SW 30' Street
— Existing Survey
Figure 3
SW 34 h Street
— Existing Profile and Utilities
Figure 4
SW 341h Street
— Alternative I - Plan
Figure 5
SW 30 Street
— Alternative 1 - Sections
Figure 6
SW 34'h Street
— Sanitary Sewer Relocation
Figure 7
S W 340' Street
— Alternative 2 - Plan
Figure 8
SW 341h Street
— Alternative 2 — Sections
Figure 9
SW 341h Street
— Alternative 2 — Temporary Diversion
Plan
Appendices
Appendix A City As -Built Drawings, Existing Conditions Survey,
and Site Photographs
Appendix B Wetland Delineation and Stream Reconnaissance
Technical Memorandum
Appendix C Geotechnical Report
Appendix D Springbrook Creek Flow Data
ii Working Final Report.3oc 1 V22105
Table of Contents
This report has been prepared for the use of the client for the specific purposes identified in the
report. The conclusions, observations and recommendations contained herein attributed to
R. W. Beck, Inc. (R. W. Beck) constitute the opinions of R. W. Beck. To the extent that
statements, information, and opinions provided by the client or others have been used in the
preparation of this report, R. W. Beck has relied upon the same to be accurate, and for which no
assurances are intended and no representations or warranties are made. R. W. Beck makes no
certification and gives no assurances except as explicitly set forth in this report.
Copyright 2005, R. W. Beck, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Working Final Report. doc 11/21/05 iii
e �
_
n
Y
a
rYss � f
w' w
F
a
- d
,�,�. s 33�•,
Y
it k -A,
fk+
;Yx
�
t �}A
i
rya y
r
-
i
Y �
r
Section 1
INTRODUCTION
This report describes analysis and preliminary design performed as part of Phase 1 of
the SW 34`h Street culvert replacement project. The report is divided into four
sections. Section 1 presents project background, authorization and scope. Section 2
describes data collection and existing site conditions information. Design objectives
and alternatives are described and compared in Section 3. Section 4 presents the
recommended alternative in more detail and discusses environmental, utility service,
and traffic considerations.
Background
The City of Renton's 1997 East Side Green River Watershed Plan and EIS
(ESGRWP) (R. W. Beck, 1997) was an area wide planning level study that identified a
number of projects that would help alleviate the flooding in the Renton Valley area,
generally bounded by 1-405 to the north, Talbot Road S to the east, SW 43`a Street to
the south, and the Renton City limits to the west.
The ESGRWP identified the replacement of the SW 341h Street culvert crossing at
Springbrook Creek as a necessary project to reduce upstream water levels and help
alleviate flooding. The existing crossing consists of four 72-inch diameter corrugated
metal culverts. The undersized culverts are a conveyance restriction during high flow
events and the creek has overtopped the road. The conveyance restriction also causes
water to backup upstream of the culverts, which contributes to upstream flooding
problems (e.g., SW 43`d Street and Lind Avenue). The ESGRWP recommended that
the culverts be replaced with two side -by -side 30-foot wide box culverts. The SW 34`h
Street culvert and surrounding vicinity are shown on Figure 1.
The Springbrook Creek drainage is described in detail in the ESGRWP. Springbrook
Creek drains a 24 square mile watershed referred to as the East Side Green River
Watershed (also known as the Black River Basin). Springbrook Creek drains to the
Black River Pump Station (BRPS), where flows are pumped into the Green River.
The BRPS is equipped with both upstream and downstream fish passage systems,
however the fish resource is considered to be limited due to several factors including
poor water quality, low dissolved oxygen levels, and lack of suitable spawning
substrate, particularly in the low gradient reaches of the creek.
Several flood protection improvements identified in the ESGRWP have already been
completed, including the SW 27'h Street Culvert Replacement Project in 1999. The
SW 34a' Street Culvert Replacement is the next highest priority project in the valley
area. It will provide an important benefit to further reduce flooding in the Renton
Valley. In addition to correcting the overtopping of the road, it will lower upstream
water levels such that this improvement, working with other future planned projects,
Working Final Reportdoc 11/21/05
Section 1
will provide the desired flood protection objectives in the valley area. One of the
future planned projects is the SW 43'd Street pipe system improvement project.
Authorization
Engineering work for the project was authorized in contract CAG-05-045 between the
City and R .W. Beck, Inc. on April 11, 2005.
Scope
The scope of the engineering agreement was divided into two phases. Phase I
includes the following pre -design work for the SW 34`h Street Culvert Replacement
project.
■ Site investigations —wetland delineation, surveying and mapping, and
geotechnical
■ Identification and analysis of culvert replacement alternatives
■ Recommendation of preferred alternative
■ Report preparation and environmental permit preparation
Phase 2 includes the final design of the SW 34`h Street Culvert Replacement Project.
The City intends to move forward with the final design following review and approval
of this pre -design report.
Acknowledgements
Stormwater utility supervisor, Ron Straka, F.E., oversees the City's stormwater
program. The City of Renton project manager for this project is Allen Quynn, P.E.
R. W. Beck, Inc. project staff included Mike Giseburt, F.E., project manager, and Lisa
Gorry and Rick Lippold, P.E., project engineers.
1-2 R. W. Beck Working Final Repomdoe 11/21/05
Section 2
SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND CONDITIONS
Section 2
SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND CONDITIONS
Surveying and Mapping
Surveying and mapping of the project area was performed by Duane Hartman and
Associates. Their field survey work resulted in a two -foot contour map as presented
in Figure 2. A full-sized map is included in Appendix A. Underground utilities were
located and shown on the map. In addition to the horizontal locating of underground
utilities, potholing was done to determine their depths.
A number of utilities run along SW 34`h Street over the existing culverts. These
include sewer (Renton), water (Renton), gas (PSE), buried electric (PSE), and
communication (Qwest). Figure 3 presents a profile of the existing culvert and shows
the depths of the existing utilities.
It is important to note that on January 1, 1994, the City changed its elevation datum to
NAVD 1988. The past hydrologic/hydraulic analysis conducted as a part of the
ESGRWP as well as the previous roadway and utility design drawings were developed
using NGVD 1929 datum. These datums are related as follows:
NGVD 1929 datum + 3.58 feet = NAVD 1988 datum
The held survey, figures contained in this report, and water elevations in this report
are all referenced to the NAVD 1988 datum.
Appendix A contains available City "As-builts" records of the existing culverts and
City -owned utilities in the area as well as photographs of the site.
Wetland Delineation and Stream Reconnaissance
Jones & Stokes delineated wetlands 100 feet upstream and downstream of the SW 34`h
Street culvert. A copy of the wetland delineation and stream reconnaissance technical
memorandum is included in Appendix B (Jones and Stokes, 2005). Figure 2 shows
the wetlands delineated in the vicinity of the SW 341h Street crossing and their
associated 50-foot buffers.
Wetland delineation methods were taken from the Corps' Wetland Delineation
Manual (Environmental Laboratory 1987) and the 1997 Washington State Wetlands
Identification and Delineation Manual (Washington Department of Ecology 1997).
Both manuals require the presence of wetland indicators for vegetation, hydrology,
and soils before an area is considered a wetland.
Wetland habitat types are based on the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)
wetland classification system (Cowardin et al. 1979), which categorizes wetlands
Working Final Report. doe 11121r05
Section 2
according to plant community types and hydrologic regime. This system is commonly
used by local jurisdictions to help determine wetland functions and values.
Wetlands ratings were based on Ecology's Washington State Wetlands Rating System
— Western Washington (Ecology 2004) and the City of Renton's wetland classification
system (Renton Code 4-3-050).
Wetland 1 is a narrow riparian wetland that runs along both sides of Springbrook
Creek upstream of SW 341h Street. Wetlands on both sides of a narrow stream (less
than 50 feet) can be considered one unit, with the creek a characteristic of the wetland
(Hruby 2004). In the project area, the wetland is dominated by palustrine emergent
(PEM) habitat. Wetland hydrology is supported by high flows of Springbrook Creek
and groundwater.
Wetland 1 meets Ecology's definition of a Category III wetland and the City of
Renton's definition of a Category 2 wetland because it is greater than 2,200 square
feet and is not isolated (associated with Springbrook Creek). Wetland 1 is not
severely disturbed (Category 3 wetland), and does not possess the high quality
attributes of a Category 1 wetland. The City of Renton requires that Type 2 wetlands
are given a 50-foot buffer.
Wetland 2, similar to Wetland 1, is a narrow, riverine, flowthrough wetland that runs
along both sides of Springbrook Creek downstream of SW 341' Street. Like
Wetland 1, Wetland 2 is considered one unit. In the project area, the wetland is
dominated by palustrine emergent (PEM) habitat. Wetland hydrology is supported by
high flows of Springbrook Creek and groundwater.
Wetland 2 meets Ecology's definition of a Category III wetland and the City of
Renton's definition of a Category 2 wetland because it is greater than 2,200 square
feet, is not isolated (associated with Springbrook Creek), is not severely disturbed
(Category 3 wetland), and does not possess the high quality attributes of a Category 1
wetland. Type 2 wetlands in the City of Renton are given a SO -foot buffer.
Regarding the stream, Washington State has designated Springbrook Creek a
Shoreline of the State (WAC 173-18-210). As a Shoreline of the State, Renton
classifies Springbrook Creek as a Class 1 stream with a standard buffer width of 100
feet. In the vicinity of SW 34"' Street, Springbrook Creek is a modified straight,
trapezoidal, channel. Riparian vegetation is limited, dominated by reed canarygrass.
Several small (one- to five -inch diameter) willows grow to the north of SW 34,' Street,
between SW 341h Street and the outlet of the existing Springbrook Creek culverts.
Stream gradient is low, and habitat is essentially one long glide. In places, reed
canarygrass has invaded the active channel. Stream substrate is primarily a mixture of
gravel and sand with some finer sediment.
The existing culverts at SW 34`h Street are low gradient and do not appear to impair
fish passage under normal flows. Salmon and trout are known to spawn upstream of
the site. Kerwin & Nelson (2000) report chinook salmon, coho salmon, cutthroat
trout, and steelhead trout all use Springbrook Creek and its tributary Mill Creek,
located well upstream of SW 340' Street in the City of Kent.
2-2 R. W. Beck Working Final Report doc 1 if21/05
SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND CONDITIONS
There is additional information about these wetlands included in the Wetland
Delineation and Stream Reconnaissance Technical Memorandum by Jones and Stokes
included in Appendix B.
Information regarding environmental permits that will be required to replace the
culvert and information regarding these permits is contained in Section 4.
Geotechnical
HWA GeoSciences, Inc. (HWA) performed geotechnical field investigations,
laboratory testing, and engineering analysis to determine subsurface conditions at the
Project site and to make recommendations regarding excavation, temporary shoring,
foundation design, and dewatering for the Project. Subsurface investigations included
two exploratory borings (designated BH-1 and BH-2, shown on Figure 2) to depths of
61.5 feet. The results of their work are summarized in a report dated October 14, 2005
that is included in Appendix C.
The geotechnical investigations determined that the roadway is constructed on about
4.5 feet of roadway fill placed on top of a five-foot thick layer of organic material.
Soils below the organic layer are generally interbedded silt and sand alluvium.
As part of their investigations, HWA evaluated the foundation requirements for box
culverts on spread footings and piles. Also, both three -sided box culvert (open
bottom) and four-sided box culvert (full width slab bottom) construction were
reviewed. Based on the site conditions, HWA recommends that a four-sided box
culvert be placed on spread footings with a properly prepared subgrade. A pile
foundation is not recommended because of poor pile capacity conditions. . Any
organic or loose soils encountered during excavation will require removal and
replacement with a suitable granular material for foundation preparation.
Because the existing soils at the project location are susceptible to liquefaction, there
is potential for settlement during a seismic event. By using a four-sided box, the
bearing load is minimized and the potential for settlement is reduced.
As part of the geotechnical analysis, field samples were taken of stream sediments to
check for environmental contaminates such as hydrocarbons, volatile organic
compounds, PCB's and heavy metals. The sampling and testing results indicate that
the existing sediments do not exceed any dangerous waste criteria and do not require
special disposal requirements.
Traffic and Springbrook Creek Trail
SW 34th Street is a 4-Iane asphalt concrete roadway with concrete curb and gutter and
sidewalks on both sides. Total four -lane width is 44 feet. Total right-of-way width is
80 feet. Maintaining one lane of vehicular traffic along SW 341h Street through the
construction zone will be considered in planning the project in order to maintain
convenient access to the Iocal commercial businesses. This will either require phasing
of construction, i.e., building only one-half of the culvert at a time and providing
Working Final ReWrt.doc I U21/0s R. W. Beck 2-3
Section 2
traffic control, or building a temporary access road around the construction area (as
was done for the SW 27th Street Culvert Replacement project). An option that should
be considered during design is to close the road. The ability to close the road would
result in reduced construction times and lower construction costs. This is further
discussed in Section 4.
The Springbrook Creek Trail is a paved recreational trail that runs in a north -south
direction along the top of the creek's east bank. Construction activities may require
temporary closure of the trail. Alternatively, it may be possible to detour the trail
through the adjacent parking lots if agreement can be made with the property owners.
2-4 R. W. Beck Working Final Reporr.doc 11?21/05
Section 3
ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS
Section 3
ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS
Introduction
As discussed previously, the ESCRWP recommended two side by side three -sided box
culverts to replace the existing four 72-inch diameter CMP culverts. The preliminary
design effort has considered additional options to provide a more complete analysis of
construction alternatives that meet the project criteria. Additionally, a more detailed
analysis has been done to incorporate information provided by the site survey,
geotechnical explorations, and recommendations, and additional information provided
by the City.
This section identifies project objectives and design criteria, describes and compares
two alternatives meeting these criteria, and identifies a recommended alternative.
Project Objectives and Preliminary Design Criteria
The primary objective of the Project is to increase the conveyance capacity through
the SW 34 Street crossing at Springbrook Creek to eliminate roadway overtopping
and to reduce upstream water levels during flood events. Through the development of
the ESGRWP, a target criterion of allowing no more than 0.1 feet of headloss (water
elevation rise) through the culverts for the future land use 100-year flow was used.
This criterion was originally developed with input from the Natural Resources
Conservation Service (NRCS) (formerly Soil Conservation Service). Other project
goals include cost-effective construction, meeting environmental permit requirements,
coordinating the Project construction with any future roadway improvements, and
improving fish passage. The replacement culvert must also be designed to handle HS-
25 traffic loading.
General criteria and issues considered when reviewing alternatives included:
K Cost: Based on the Engineers construction cost estimate, a lower cost alternative
is preferred.
■ Constructability: The following constructability issues were considered:
Construction time: Typical `fish windows" allowed for construction within the
creek are early July through September. Therefore, a method of construction
which allows quick progress is preferred.
Site constraints: The work area at the project site is limited. A type of construction
that does not require a large laydown area is preferred.
Working Final Report.doc 11121M
Section 3
Dewatering: as discussed below, is it preferred to limit the amount of ground
dewatering required?
Traffic Impacts: The City desires the ability to have phased construction to keep at
least one lane of traffic open. Although, as previously noted, it would be more
cost effective construction if the road could temporarily be closed to traffic.
Closing the road could result in cost savings on the order of $60,000 to $100,000.
■ Impact of construction on local business and area.
■ Utilities: As shown in Figure 3, numerous utilities cross above the existing
culverts. Raising the top of the new culvert above the top of the existing culverts
would require relocation of the existing utilities. Relocation of the privately
owned utilities (gas, electric, and communications) would be paid for by their
respective owners (PSE and Qwest) in accordance with franchise agreements. The
relocation of the City's water and sewer lines would need to be paid for by the
City. The option of not relocating these utilities is not possible because the
construction of the replacement culvert below the location of these utilities would
limit the height of the culvert and would not provide enough hydraulic cross
section through the culvert to meet the project criteria.
■ Creek Diversion: Temporary diversion of creek flow, which will be required
during construction and this temporary construction effort, needs to be considered
when evaluating alternatives. A minimum diversion flow used for the SW 271,
Street Culvert Replacement Project was I40 cfs, which considered historical flows
during the time period of construction.
■ Control of Groundwater: Control of groundwater will be required during
construction for constructability and to assure an adequate foundation. Wells
and/or sumps will be required to draw the local water table below the earthwork
elevation. An option which minimizes the depth of excavation is preferred.
■ Fish Passage: Alternatives that provide the largest open area, lowest stream flow
velocities, natural bottom conditions, and open water surface are generally
preferred. Bridges generally meet these criteria best. Because of its open bottom,
a three -side Sox is generally preferred, aver a four-sided box by the Washington
State Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW). If a four -side box is used, the
bottom of the box must be set 20 percent, or about two -feet below the grade of the
stream.
■ Foundation Type and Settlement Issues: The type of foundation is an important
consideration in determining the preferred alternative.
A foundation supported on piles provides a preferred open bottom and assures
minimum settlement but is generally the most costly option.
An open bottom three -sided box arrangement with wide spread footings to provide
low soil bearing values is generally the lowest cost foundation but can require
additional over excavation and backfill to provide a suitable footing subgrade.
This option is also most susceptible to static and seismic settlement.
3-2 R. W. Beck Working Final ReNrt.doc l 1MIDS
ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS
A closed bottom four-sided box arrangement provides a more forgiving structure
regarding possible settlement issues as compared with the three -sided box with
separate footings because of the wide continuous footing created by the bottom.
However this option is more costly (compared to the three -sided box option).
Descriptions of Alternatives
The following two alternatives are discussed in detail and were chosen because they
best meet the project criteria and construction issues. Both alternatives are precast
concrete box type culverts. This type of construction best suits issues such as efficient
hydraulics, quick construction, site constraints, cost, and durability. For the purpose
of the discussion, closed bottom, four-sided box culverts are assumed. However, both
alternatives also have the option of a three -sided box culvert. This is clarified further
in the structural discussion below.
Alternative 1— Double 30'X7' Box Culverts
Alternative 1 is the recommended option described in the ESGRWP. A plan and
sections of this alternative are shown on Figures 4 and 5. Alternative 1 includes the
construction of two side by side 30-foot wide box culverts. For the purpose of this
report, the replacement culverts were assumed to be 80 feet long across the full right-
of-way width in order to allow for future modifications (widening) of the roadway.
The replacement culverts would not need to extend the full 80-foot right-of-way if it is
determined that no roadway or sidewalk widening will occur in the future,
The soffit of the Alternative I culverts would be seven feet above the stream bed.
This clearance would provide the necessary section to meet hydraulic criteria. At this
height the culverts will be submerged during the design flow but would meet the 0.1-
foot headloss criteria. The total box heights would be 8.5 feet to provide
approximately three feet of foundation depth to provide for fish gravel above the
footings and to have adequate depth for scour protection. Footings will be full width,
continuous spread footings approximately 18 inches thick.
The existing roadway will need to be raised approximately 1.7 feet to provide
approximately three feet between the top of the culvert and the top of pavement. It is
assumed that this arrangement will allow the water, gas, power, and possibly
communications to be relocated but remain over the culverts. All utilities over the
culvert would be encased in concrete or installed in a casing pipe (or as required by
the utility) to provide extra protection at the low cover. So that the raised grade can be
smoothly tied back into the existing vertical alignment, approximately 250 to 350
lineal feet of SW 30 Street would require reconstruction (depending on the length of
required vertical curve, see discussion under roadway and sidewalk modifications in
Section 4). New low points in the road would be created requiring installation of new
catch basins at the low points. (See Figure 4).
The existing eight -inch diameter sanitary sewer line crossing the existing culverts will
require relocation so that it would flow east along SW 34th Street to Lind Avenue and
tie into an existing sanitary sewer. This eight -inch diameter sanitary sewer provides
Working Final Report.doc 11/21/05 R. W. Beck 3-3
Section 3
service to two properties on the east side of Springbrook Creek. The sanitary sewer
currently extends west over the tops of the existing six-foot diameter CMP culverts.
During the investigation, it was found that if the replacement culverts were to be
designed so as to be below the existing eight -inch diameter sewer (to avoid relocation
of the sewer), the height of the replacement culvert could only be about four feet and
would not provide the desired hydraulic performance. Thus, it is necessary to relocate
this sewer to the east. A possible alignment for the sewer relocation is shown on
Figure 6. The relocation involves approximately 900 lineal feet of new sewer line, at
depths up to about 11-feet. Additional information about the sewer relocation is
included in Section 4.
During construction, the temporary Springbrook Creek diversion could be
accomplished by installing temporary cofferdams and piping that would route the
creek through one of the existing CMP culverts while one box culvert is installed. The
creek could then be routed through the new box culvert while the second box culvert
was installed. In this way, no pumping and minimal temporary diversion piping
would be required.
Alternative 2 — Single 30'xl 0' Box Culvert
This alternative includes construction of a single 30-foot wide by 10-foot high by 80-
foot long box culvert. Sketches of this alternative are shown on Figures 7 and 8. A
single culvert can be utilized because the extra height allows a free water surface
through the culvert during the 100-year design flow and meets the headloss criteria.
The actual culvert height would be 11.5-feet to provide below grade depth to the
footing. Footings will be precast continuous full width spread footings approximately
18-inches thick.
The 10-foot high culvert would require the road grade to be raised approximately
2.3-feet above the existing road. This assumes that the road pavement would be
placed directly on the precast culvert top. The City's transportation department would
need to determine the minimum thickness of asphalt over the top of the culvert that
would maintain the integrity of the road surface. Tapering the raised road back into
the existing roadway with vertical curves would require reconstruction of
approximately 300 to 400 feet of SW 34t' Street (depending on the length of required
vertical curve, see discussion under roadway and sidewalk modifications in Section 4).
Reconstruction would include adjustment of driveways, manhole covers, curb and
gutter, sidewalk, and landscaping. As with Alternative 1, new low points along SW
34t' Street would be created and require the installation of new catch basins.
As for Alternative 1, the eight -inch diameter sanitary sewer line would be relocated
and routed approximately 900-feet east to Lind Avenue. The water line can be routed
under the culvert or be hung on the downstream face of the culvert in a carrier pipe.
Figure 7 shows how the water line could be routed along the downstream face of the
culvert. Based upon preliminary discussions with the City's water department, having
the water line placed on the downstream face of the culvert is preferable to being
placed under the culvert. This is further discussed in Section 4. 1t is assumed that the
gas, electric, and communications lines will be routed under the culvert.
3-4 R. W. Beck Working Final Report doc 11/21/05
ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS
During construction a temporary pipeline would be required for Springbrook Creek
diversion. Two 48-inch diameter pipes could be installed to route flow around the
construction excavation. A schematic sketch of a potential diversion plan is shown on
Figure 9. This approach was successfully employed on the SW 27th Street Culvert
Replacement Project.
Other Options
This section discusses other options that were considered initially but not evaluated in
detail as well as some variations of Alternatives 1 and 2 that could be considered.
These options include:
■ Bridge: While bridges are often preferred for fish passage, this option was not
considered as a part of this study or the original ESGRWP EIS. A bridge is not
preferred for this project because (1) construction costs would be high, (2) it would
be difficult to meet the City's design criteria of achieving a minimum two -foot
clearance between the 100-year water surface and bottom low chord of the bridge
requiring an excessive elevation rise in the road (approximately five to six feet),
(3) there are difficult foundation conditions present at the site, {4) probable cast -in -
place abutments would not meet the preferred criteria of fast construction; and (5)
bridges require maintenance and inspections that may not be required for box
culverts.
■ CMP: Replacement with a large CMP arch culvert (similar to the SW 43`d Street
crossing). A large arch culvert would create too much headloss and not have
adequate capacity. This was already considered in the ESGRWP.
In terms of variations of Alternatives 1 and 2, one option that can be considered by the
City is a double box culvert (Alternative 1) but with limited cover (e.g., placing the
roadway pavement directly over the box culvert) so that the roadway would not
require vertical adjustment. This would require utility relocates similar to that
described for Alternative 2 but would have less construction impact on local
businesses due to less roadway reconstruction required. Thus, it would also offer
some cost savings and reduced construction time compared to Alternative 1. An order
of magnitude cost comparison of this option was done and it was estimated that this
could reduce the cost of Alternative 1 by as much as $100,000. However, after
completing detailed cost estimates of Alternative 2 (as discussed later in this report), it
was estimated that this option would still cost approximately $300,000 more than
Alternative 2. While this option does have some advantages when compared to
Alternative 1, it was considered much more costly than Alternative 2 and was
therefore not evaluated in detail.
Another variation of Alternative 1 could be a lower depth box culvert. Instead of two
30-foot wide by seven -foot high box culverts, the height could be reduced to six feet.
This option was considered in an effort to not have to raise the existing roadway while
still allowing utilities to be placed above the culvert (except the sewer). Again, this
would have less construction impact on local businesses due to less roadway
reconstruction required. The disadvantage of the reduced height is some additional
Working Final Repan.doo l 1/21/05 R. W. Beck 3-5
Section 3
headloss that would increase the headloss through the culvert to above the desired 0.1
foot during the 100-year storm.
For both Alternatives, the City also has the option of a three -sided open bottomed
culvert or a four-sided closed bottom culvert. The four-sided culvert is more
expensive but provides some additional measure of protection against possible
settlement during an earthquake. With an estimated cost difference of $5,000 for
Alternative 1 and $18,000 for Alternative 2, it is recommended that the City use the
four-sided box culvert approach.
Alternative Comparison
The two alternatives were analyzed and compared based on the issues and design
criteria discussed above. The following sections discuss design issues and alternative
analysis.
Hydraulics
Hydraulic analysis of each alternative was performed using the FEQ model that was
previously developed during the East Side Green River Watershed Project (ESGRWP)
and since updated in the ESGRWP Technical Update Supplement —Draft (R. W. Beck,
2004). The analyses determined the relative performance of each alternative. The
analysis simulations reflect the future land use condition, 100-year conveyance
condition flow, and future conveyance system as recommended in the ESGRWP. The
future conveyance system was used as opposed to the existing conveyance system to
ensure that when all valley improvements are fully implemented these improvements
will work together to meet the flood protection goals and target water surface
elevations identified in the ESGRWP. The key future improvements include both
downstream and upstream improvements including:
■ Removal of the Private Bridge north of SW 271h Street
w SW 39 h Street to SW 43`d Street Pipe System Improvements
■ Renton Wetland Mitigation Project
■ Oakesdale (SW 41" Street) Culvert Replacement
As part of the ESGRWP, two types of potential flood events were analyzed: a Storage
Scenario, which includes events that produce very high water surface elevation at the
BRPS due to pumping restrictions, and a Conveyance Scenario, which includes events
that exhibit maximum xeak flows into the pump station forebay (severe local flood
event). At the SW 34 Street culvert, the water surface elevations for the 100-year
storage scenario are actually higher than the conveyance scenario. However, the
conveyance event is the critical event for consideration of the culvert replacement
because of significantly higher flows. For this reason the comparison focused just on
the 100-year conveyance event.
The results of the model simulations are presented in Table 1. For comparison
purposes, this table also provides the results for the existing Springbrook Creek
3-6 R. W. Beck Working Final Report.doc l 1121/05
ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS
conveyance system (including the four 72-inch diameter culverts at SW 34`h Street and
without the other improvements listed above). These results are taken from the
ESGRWP Technical Update Supplement.
Table 1
Hydraulic Performance of Existing SW 34th Street Culvert
and Culvert Replacement Alternatives
At SW 34', Street(2)
100-yr Change in
Future Downstream upstream W.S. El.
Alternative(') Flow W.S. EI, W.S. El. (Headloss)(ft.)
(cfs)
Existing Conveyance - Future 1269 17.30 19.1 1.7
Flow (conveyance event)
Existing Conveyance - Future 848 17.70 17.6 0.1
Flow (storage event)
Alternative 1 (Conveyance Event) 1219 17.07 17.16 0.09
Two 30' x 7' Box Culverts
Alternative 2 (Conveyance Event) 1221 17.07 17.13 0.06
One 30' x 10' Box Culvert
(1) Note the clear open area is specified. The actual height would be increased by approximately 1.5 to 2 feet to allow a natural bottom for fish
passage.
(2) Elevation Datum: NAVD BB.
Both alternatives meet the performance criteria of a maximum headloss of 0.1 feet
through the culvert. It is also noted that Alternative 1, while having a much larger
cross section area than Alternative 2, results in greater headloss. This is because the
tops of the Alternative 1 culverts are lower than the 100-year water level, resulting in
additional hydraulic Iosses. For Alternative 2, the soffit of the culvert is
approximately 0.8 feet above the simulated conveyance scenario 100-year water level.
It would be 0.4 feet above the storage scenario 100-year event.
In addition to considering the 100-year future condition flow for flood control,
additional analysis was conducted to assess stream velocities through the culvert to
meet fish passage requirements. The replacement culvert must be sized based on
criteria set forth by the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) for fish
passage culverts.
This was done by checking the stream velocities through the culvert for the 2-year
event. The WDFW typically requires the consideration of the 10 percent exceedance
flow (i.e., the flow rate which is exceeded only 10% of the time) for current land use
conditions. However, the 2-year event was used for the analysis. This is conservative.
On other stream systems, the 10% exceedance flow is typically 35 to 45% of the 2-
year flow. Although WDFW typically considers flow rates for current land use
Working Final Report. doc MUM R. W. Beck 3-7
Section 3
conditions in the basin, velocities were also checked for future land use conditions.
The results are presented in Table 2.
Table 2
Predicted Maximum Velocities at SW 34th Street Culvert for 2-year Flood Event
Existinc Land Use Conditions
Future Land Use Conditions
Alternative
Peak
Water
Peak
Peak
Water
Peak
Flow3
Surface
Velocity
Flow3
Surface
Velocity
(cfs)
Elevation2
f s
(cfs)
Elevation
f s
Existing Culvert
318
13.9
2.8
561
15.7
5.0
4 — 72" culverts
Alternative 1
318
13.7
0.9
561
14.9
1.4
Two 30' x 7' Box
Culverts(')
Alternative 2
318
13.7
1.9
561
%9
2.7
One 30' x 10' Box
CulverP)
(1 ) Note the dear open area is specified. The actual height would be increased by approximately 1,5 to 2 feet to allow a natural bottom for fish
passage.
(2) Elevation Datum: NAVD 88.
(3) Source. FEQ modeling Results from Eastside Green River Watershed Plan Supplement, R.W. Beck, 2004. Draft.
The results show that both culvert replacement options reduce flow velocities to allow
fish passage. Typical maximum velocities for culverts 80 feet in length are 4 to 5 fps
for adult fish species. The results also show that while the criteria typically used to
compare these velocities is bases on current land use conditions flows, the result show
that velocities for both alternatives would be acceptable event under future, fully built -
out land use conditions in the basin.
It is also noted that the culvert replacement will meet minimum depth requirements for
passage. Low flow water levels for the existing culvert are typically 2 feet or more.
During a site inspection on July 7, 2005, the water depth measured in the culvert was
2.7 feet. The replacement culvert will match the existing invert elevation so that
summer flow depths will be in this range.
Structural
Structurally, both alternatives are similar. Both would use precast concrete box
culverts. These structures are built with the top and sides as one unit. The footings
could be cast -in -place or precast, however for construction efficiency in the field,
precast is preferred. For Alternative 2, the culvert wall height at 11.5-feet is more than
standard box culvert forms allow. Therefore a short 1.5-foot stem wall would need to
be cast into the footing.
The culverts will be designed for AASHTD HS-25 load criteria, or as requested by the
City. Culvert loads include HS-25 vehicle live loads, vertical dead loads including
3-8 R. W. Beck Working Final K"rt.doa 11121/05
ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS
soil, pavement, and sidewalk, and lateral soil loads on the culvert walls. As
recommended by the geotechnical report, the footings will be sized for a maximum
bearing load of 2,000 psf.
Pedestrian guardrail will be installed at the top edge of the culverts for fall prevention.
Pedestrian guardrail will be designed for standard International Building Code (IBC)
loads. It will not be designed for vehicle loads. The City can determine if vehicle
guardrail protection is required.
The geotechnical recommendation is that the box culverts be placed on spread
footings. The subgrade for the footings should be prepared by over excavating
two -feet and backfilling with crushed rock fill or CDF.
The geotechnical investigation also found liquefiable layers of soil ranging from a
total of six -feet thick to 24-feet thick. In a seismic event liquefaction of these layers
could cause settlement of the box culverts and road fill. Settlement is estimated to
range from one inch to 10 inches due to the variable total thickness of liquefiable soils.
Frequently structures over liquefiable soils are placed on piles to prevent structural
damage due to settlement, however, the geotechnical investigations found poor soil
conditions for piles and concluded that piles would not be cost effective.
As discussed in Section 2, a box culvert with a continuous full width bottom is
recommended with consideration to possible settlement. While a full width bottom
does not necessarily reduce static bearing loads, it provides a larger bearing area for
redistribution of bearing loads if settlement does occur under the footings. It also
structurally connects the base of box culvert walls, keeping them at equal distance
minimizing potential stresses in the box culvert due to differential settlement.
Considering structural aspects of the project, Alternative 2 is preferred because one
box culvert is preferred over two box culverts minimizing potential future problems
and inspections.
Cost
Preliminary cost estimates were developed for each alternative. These estimates
include a 20 percent contingency, and 25 percent for design, administration, and
construction engineering.
Table 3 summarizes the overall construction costs for each alternative. The detailed
cost estimates are included in Tables 5 and 6 presented at the end of this section.
Table 3
Cost Summary
Alternative Description Cost
1 Double 30'x7' 4-sided box culverts $1,770,000
2 Single 30'x10' 4-sided box culvert $1,385,000
Based on these cost estimates, Alternative 2, the single box, is significantly less
expensive than Alternative 1.
Working Final Report.doc 1121/05 R. W. Beck 3-9
Section 3
Construction Impacts
Both the alternatives will involve the disruption of traffic on SW 34`, Street, disruption
of utilities and storm drainage, and disruption of the adjacent Springbrook Trail.
Nearby businesses will be impacted by traffic control required for the construction,
construction noise, and temporary disruption of driveway access during road
reconstruction.
The current design approach is to keep SW 341h Street open with a minimum of one
lane of traffic. Temporary traffic control, probably an automated signal, would control
traffic to allow one direction to go at a time 24 hours a day. As previously noted a
desirable option would be to close the road. The Springbrook Trail will need to be
closed through the work area. It may be possible to detour the trail through the
adjacent business parking lots.
With respect to construction impacts, even though Alternative 2 disrupts more of SW
34th Street than Alternative l; it is preferred because of a shorter construction time.
Utilities
Relocation of the utilities will require coordination with PSE for gas and electric,
Qwest for communication lines, and the City for water and sewer. Both alternatives
require relocation of all the utilities, however Alternative 1 provides adequate cover
over the culverts (three -feet) to place the utilities over the culvert. For Alternative 2, it
is assumed that gas, electric, and communications will be relocated below the new
culvert. The final utility configuration will need to be determined by the utility
companies and it is possible that communications and power may need to be relocated
under the culverts prior to construction of either alternative. For the water line, the
City water department has indicated that temporary bypass lines will be necessary
while the culverts are being installed. This may also be necessary for the gas.
Multiple temporary relocations may be required due to construction phasing.
Alternative 1 is preferred regarding utility construction due to the greater depth of
cover over the box culvert.
Control of Water
An important consideration during construction will be the control of water. This
includes both the diversion of the creek, dewatering of the groundwater and storm
water collection and treatment in the disturbed construction area.
The flow in the creek during the summer construction season is normally in the three
to four cfs range, but can increase to greater than 40 cfs if there is a summer rainstorm.
Appendix D contains a summary of daily flows in Springbrook Creek for the period
October 1993 through January 1997. The creek diversion will require both upstream
and downstream cofferdams with a means to carry the creek flows through or around
the site. For planning purposes two diversion schemes were considered, one for the
two box alternatives, and one for the one box alternative.
3-10 R. W. Beck Working Final RVort.doc 11/21/05
ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS
For the two -box Alternative 1, it is assumed that the creek can be diverted through one
of the existing CMP culverts while one of the box culverts in installed. Once the
initial box culvert is complete, the creek can be routed through that box culvert while
the second box culvert is installed.
For the single box culvert alternative, the culvert will be located centered over the
existing CMP culverts and therefore using the existing culverts for diversion is not an
option. Creek diversion will need to bypass the culvert installation area. While the
final diversion option will be up to the contractor, it is assumed that two 48-inch
diameter culverts would be used to divert the creek. This approach was successfully
used for the SW 27th Street Culvert Replacement. Cofferdams will be placed upstream
and downstream of the work area.
For both alternatives, groundwater dewatering will be required for construction of the
culvert foundations. The geotechnical report recommends lowering the groundwater
to three feet below the maximum excavation depth. Therefore, groundwater draw
down will likely be on the order of nine feet. Dewatering will require the use of
dewatering wells or well points to achieve this level of water table draw down. The
final dewatering design will be required to be contractor designed. Since water table
draw down can create settlement, nearby facilities such as manholes will need to be
monitored for movement. If such movement is detected, ground water re -injection
may be required to prevent water table drawdown away from the immediate
construction site.
With respect to the control of water, there is not a considerable advantage between
alternatives. Alternative 2 requires the need for constructing a separate bypass, but
Alternative 1 has a Iarger construction footprint and therefore requires dewatering over
a larger area and its associated risk of settlement.
Environmental impacts
The primary adverse environmental impact of the project will be temporary and
related to construction. In order to minimize the impact, the work in the creek will
have to be performed during the fish construction window that runs through the
months of June, July, August, and September. Precise dates will need to be
determined by Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife. Since this
coincides with the low water levels in the stream, it does not adversely affect the
construction schedule or cost.
During construction, any water collected within the work area will need to be treated
before being released into Springbrook Creek in accordance with the City's drainage
requirements. Treatment can consist of settlement ponds, or water treatment tanks
(such as a Baker Tank). However, due to the significant amount of dewatering and
lack of work area, use of Baker Tanks is likely desirable.
During installation of temporary diversions and cofferdams, the Contractor will be
required to trap any fish behind cofferdams and release them back into the creek, The
installation of the cofferdams will result in a temporary impact to wetland vegetation.
Working Final ReportAm 11/21/05 R. W. Beck 3-11
Section 3
Long term, the construction of the new culvert will provide a more natural and better
lighted streambed (as compared with the existing culverts) to enhance fish passage. In
addition, the new substrate of spawning gravels within the culvert could be used by
fish. The added hydraulic capacity will also reduce flooding potential upstream of the
culvert.
With respect to environmental impacts, neither alternative has a considerable
advantage.
Recommended Alternative
Listed below are some of the major advantages and disadvantages of each alternative.
Table 4
Alternative Summary Comparison
Advantages
Disadvantages
Alternative 1
Minimizes how much road is
Highest cost
Double 30'x 7' box culverts
required to be raised.
Creates very wide creek at crossing for
Allows utilities to be run over top of
greater wetland impact
culvert
Submerged hydraulic condition at design
flow
Longer construction duration
Alternative 2
Lowest cost
Minimum cover over culvert requires
Single 30'x 10'
Water surface is below soffit of
utilities to be relocated under culvert
box culvert
culvert at design flow, lowest head
Higher raised road creates more of 341h
loss
Street reconstruction
Less structure for less future
maintenance
Shorter construction duration
Higher internal clearance for any
future maintenance
Based on the analysis of the alternatives, the preferred arrangement is Alternative 2,
the single 30-foot-wide by 10-foot-high four-sided box culvert.
3-12 R. W. Beck Working Final Reporl.doc 11/21/05
TABLE 5
COST ESTIMATE - ALTERNATIVE 1
Item
General and initial construction
traffic control and safety
temp ESC
relocate SS approx 900' east, including manholes
SD structure with SS pipe penetration
ground water dewatering
Qwest relocate communication duct
PSE relocate power and gas
Install Diversion
upstream and downstream cofferdams
Phase 1 (southwest construction)
Sheet pile wall at CL SW 34th
pavement and sidewalk demo (for phases 1 thru 4)
temporary relocate 12" water
excavate for box culvert and SW retaining wall
haul excavation
extra cost for CMP removal
subgrade fabric reinforcement
subgrade crushed rock backfill
procure & deliver 40 LF, 30'x 6' 4 sided box culv
install box culvert
southwest wing wall
backfill phase 1, imported
streambed gravels and improvements
Phase 2 (northwest construction)
pull and relocate sheet pile shoring
temporary relocate 12" water line
excavate for box culvert
haul excavation
extra cost for CMP removal
subgrade fabric reinforcement
subgrade crushed rock backfill
procure & deliver 40 LF, 30'x 6' 4 sided box
install box culvert
northwest wing wall
backfill phase 2, imported
streambed gravels and improvements
Phase 3 (northeast construction)
remove and reinstall cofferdams
pull and reinstall sheet pile
excavate for box culvert
Quanti Units Unit Price Cost
1
LS
$15,000
$15,000
1
LS
$14,000
$14,000
900
LF
$120
$108,000
1
EA
$6,000
$6,000
1
LS
$130,000
$130,000
$0
$0
1
LS
$6,000
$6,000
910
SF
$20
$18,200
900
SY
$6
$5,400
1
LS
$6,000
$6,000
2300
CY
$10
$23,000
2300
CY
$10
$23,000
1
LS
$4,000
$4,000
200
SY
$5
$1,000
150
CY
$30
$4,500
40
LF
$1,650
$66,000
1
LS
$7,000
$7,000
600
SF
$35
$21,000
1242
CY
$15
$18,630
100
CY
$30
$3,000
280
SF
$20
$5,600
1
LS
$5,000
$5,000
1960
CY
$10
$19,600
1960
CY
$10
$19,600
1
LS
$4,000
$4,000
200
SY
$5
$1,000
150
CY
$30
$4,500
40
LF
$1,650
$66,000
1
LS
$5,000
$5,000
600
SF
$35
$21,000
700
CY
$15
$10,500
100
CY
$30
$3,000
1
LS
$6,000
$6,000
770
SF
$20
$15,400
1540
CY
$10
$15,400
haul excavation
1540
CY
$10
$15,400
extra cost for CMP removal
1
LS
$1,000
$1,000
subgrade fabric reinforcement
200
SY
$5
$1,000
subgrade crushed rock backfill
150
CY
$30
$4,500
procure & deliver 40 LF, 30'x 6' 4 sided box
40
LF
$1,650
$66,000
install box culvert
1
LS
$5,000
$5,000
northeast wing wall
600
SF
$35
$21,000
backfill phase 3, imported
830
CY
$15
$12,450
streambed gravels and improvements
100
CY
$30
$3,000
Phase 4 (southeast construction)
relocate traffic to north side
1
LS
$2,000
$2,000
permanent relocate 12" water line
1
LS
$8,000
$8,000
pull and reinstall sheet pile
280
SF
$20
$5,600
excavate for box culvert
1750
CY
$10
$17,500
haul excavation
1750
CY
$10
$17,500
extra cost for CMP removal
1
LS
$1,000
$1,000
subgrade fabric reinforcement
200
SY
$5
$1,000
subgrade crushed rock backfill
150
CY
$30
$4,500
procure & deliver 40 LF, 30'x 6' 4 sided box
40
LF
$1,650
$66,000
install box culvert
1
LS
$5,000
$5,000
southeast wing wall
600
SF
$35
$21,000
backfill phase 4, imported
800
CY
$15
$12,000
streambed gravels and improvements
100
CY
$30
$3,000
Road and Utilities
CIP concrete closure between boxes
6
CY
$600
$3,600
CIP parapet on boxes
20
CY
$400
$8,000
demolish remainder of pavement and sidewalk
1300
SY
$6
$7,800
final grading
2000
SY
$1
$2,000
crushed surfacing
300
CY
$30
$9,000
curb and gutter
540
LF
$15
$8,100
12" storm drain at new road low points
100
LF
$50
$5,000
catch basins for storm drain
4
EA
$1,000
$4,000
existing 60" and 36" storm line modifications
1
LS
$4,000
$4,000
HMA pavement
1400
SY
$10
$14,000
sidewalks
2500
SF
$3
$7,500
mist utility work
1
LS
$5,000
$5,000
topsoil and landscaping
1
LS
$5,000
$5,000
pedestrian guardrail
340
LF
$50
$17,000
Subtotal $1,074,780
Mobilization, 10% $107,478
Subtotal $1,182,258
Contigency, 20% 236 452
Total Construction Cost $1,418,710
Engineering and Construction Management, 25% $354,677
Total Construction plus Engineering $1,773,387
TABLE 6
COST ESTIMATE - ALTERNATIVE 2
Item
General and initial construction
traffic control and safety
temp ESC
relocate SS approx 900' east
SD structure with SS pipe penetration
Groundwater dewatering
Quest relocate communication duct
PSE relocate power
Install Diversion
initial pavement and sidewalk demo
trench excavation
excavation haul
install 2 - 48" HDPE pipes
backfill north half, using excavated material
crushed surfacing for detour lane
upstream and downstream cofferdams
Phase 1 (south half construction)
temporary relocate 12" water line
sheet pile wall shoring
excavate for box culvert
haul excavation
extra cost for CMP removal
subgrade fabric reinforcement
subgrade crushed rock backfill
procure & deliver 40 LF, 30'x10' 4 sided box cult'
install box culvert
South wing walls
streambed gravels and improvements
backfill phase 1, imported
Phase 2 (north half construction)
modify sheet pile shoring
temporary relocate 12" water line
excavate for box culvert
haul excavation
extra cost for CMP removal
subgrade fabric reinforcement
subgrade crushed rock backfill
procure & deliver 40 LF, 30'x10' 4 sided box
install box culvert
north wing walls
60"06" storm drain modifications
streambed gravels and improvements
remove cofferdams
Quanti
Units
Unit Price
Cost
1
LS
$10,000
$10,000
1
LS
$12,000
$12,000
900
LF
$120
$108,000
1
EA
$6,000
$6,000
1
LS
$110,000
$110,000
700
SY
$6
$4,200
1550
CY
$10
$15,500
800
CY
$10
$8,000
400
LF
$68
$27,200
750
CY
$5
$3,750
30
CY
$30
$900
1
LS
$6,000
$6,000
1
LS
$6,000
$6,000
840
SF
$20
$16,800
1600
CY
$10
$16,000
1600
CY
$10
$16,000
1
LS
$4,000
$4,000
200
SY
$5
$1,000
150
CY
$30
$4,500
40
LF
$1,900
$76,000
1
LS
$7,000
$7,000
900
SF
$35
$31,500
120
CY
$30
$3,600
1500
CY
$15
$22,500
200
SF
$30
$6,000
1
LS
$5,000
$5,000
1600
CY
$10
$16,000
1600
CY
$10
$16,000
1
LS
$4,000
$4,000
200
SY
$5
$1,000
150
CY
$30
$4,500
40
LF
$1,900
$76,000
1
LS
$5,000
$5,000
900
SF
$35
$31,500
1
LS
$3,000
$3,000
120
CY
$30
$3,600
1
LS
$2,000
$2,000
remove north half diversion piping
1
LF
$2,000
$2,000
backfill phase 2, imported
1100
CY
$15
$16,500
remove remainder of shoring
1
LS
$3,000
$3,000
relocate traffic to far north lane
1
LS
$1,000
$1,000
excavate and remove diversion pipes, south half
340
CY
$15
$5,100
backfill diversion pipe excavation
340
CY
$15
$5,100
Raise Road and Install Utilities
demolish remainder of pavement and sidewalk
1200
SY
$6
$7,200
CIP parapet wall on boxes
4
CY
$400
$1,600
fill to subgrade
700
CY
$15
$10,500
install permanent 12" water line
1
LS
$10,000
$10,000
final grading
2800
SY
$1
$2,800
curb and gutter
700
LF
$15
$10,500
crushed surfacing
400
CY
$30
$12,000
12" storm drain at new road low points
100
LF
$50
$5,000
catch basins for storm
4
EA
$1,000
$4,000
existing 60" and 36" storm drain modifications
1
LS
$4,000
$4,000
HMA pavement
1800
SY
$10
$18,000
sidewalks
3000
SF
$3
$9,000
pedestrian guardrail
220
LF
$50
$11,000
raise utility MH covers, misc
1
LS
$5,000
$5,000
topsoil and landscaping
1
LS
$6,000
$6,000
Subtotal $839,350
Mobilization, 10% $83,935
Subtotal $923,285
Contigency, 20% $184,657
Total Construction Cost $1,107,942
Engineering and Construction Management, 25% $276,986
Total Construction plus Engineering $1,384,928
Section 4
RECOMMENDED ALTERNATIVE
Section 4
RECOMMENDED ALTERNATIVE
Introduction
As discussed in Section 3, Alternative 2, a single 30-foot wide by 10-foot high
four-sided precast concrete box culvert is the recommended alternative. The
following paragraphs reiterate the description of the recommended alternative and
provide additional details regarding the implementation of the recommended
alternative.
Traffic and Springbrook Creek Trail
For the purpose of this study it is assumed that a single lane of SW 34th Street must be
kept open during construction. This will require continuous traffic control. An
automated traffic signal will be required to be installed so traffic can be controlled
24 hours a day. During working hours, it is likely flaggers will be required because of
the close proximity of the traffic lane to the construction. The single detour lane will
need to change locations based on the construction sequencing determined by the
contractor,
To maintain the traffic two options could be considered. The first is to maintain one
lane of traffic within the road right-of-way. This would require the construction to be
phased. This approach would include installing the south half of the culvert initially
with traffic detouring to a single lane on the north side. The south half would then be
backfilled and traffic detoured to the south side and the north half then constructed.
The second option would be to build a temporary bypass road around the construction
area and outside the right-of-way. This was done for the SW 27`h Street Culvert
Replacement Project. In this way, the culvert could be installed in one phase.
Because there is adjacent development at SW 34th Street, it is uncertain whether there
is adequate space for this option. It may also require the use and approvals of the
adjacent property owners.
There will likely need to be brief total road closures during working hours for certain
construction activities such as installation of creek diversion piping or installation of
sheet piles down the center of the road (required for phased construction and keeping
the roadway open).
Driveway entrances to adjacent businesses will need to be briefly closed during some
construction activities such as sanitary sewer installation and road/sidewalk demolition
and reconstruction.
Working Final Report.doc 1 U21105
Section 4
During construction the recreation trail on the east bank of the creek will be required
to be closed through the construction area. There may be an opportunity to detour foot
and bicycle traffic through the adjacent business parking areas.
Prior to construction, the Contractor will be required to prepare a traffic control plan
that is approved by the City's Transportation Department.
While keeping a single lane of traffic open during construction is desirable for local
businesses and fire protection, doing so would take up space at an already tight
construction area and add cost and construction time (approximately two to three
weeks) to the project. It is recommended that the City investigate the possibility of
closing the road during construction. The investigation should include talking to local
businesses about road closure and impacts to traffic and pedestrian use, as well a
discussion with the fire marshal regarding emergency access. The City should also
determine if public transportation is affected.
The City may consider the SW 34th Street culvert replacement project an opportunity
to provide pedestrian safety improvements to the Springbrook Creek Trail crossing.
Improvements could include signage or painting of a pedestrian crosswalk.
Dewatering/Diverting Springbrook Creek
Groundwater dewatering will be required during construction because of the high
water table throughout the project area. The underlying soils are fairly pervious,
therefore it is assumed that the groundwater elevation is approximately equal to the
creek water surface elevation. In order to provide appropriate working conditions for
foundation preparation, the geotechnical report recommends dewatering three -feet
below the maximum depth of earthwork. It is likely that the groundwater will require
approximately a nine -foot draw down at the construction site. This will necessitate
dewatering wells and pumps. The dewatering system will be contractor designed
based on soils information provided in the geotechnical report. Since water table draw
down can create settlement, it is recommended that Contractor be required to set up a
plan to monitor for settlement.
During construction of the proposed culvert, Springbrook Creek will require
temporary diversion past the installation. Figure 9 shows a schematic of how the
temporary diversion could be designed. It is anticipated that the plan will include
earth embankment cofferdams with impervious linings and two 48-inch diversion
pipes. This concept is based on the method employed by the contractor during the
replacement of the culvert crossing SW 27th Street. For the SW 27th Street Culvert
Replacement Project, the Contractor designed a system to pass 140 efs with one foot
of freeboard. The required diversion capacity was based upon anticipated flows
between a two-year and I0-year return period storm for the construction months. The
diversion piping size for the SW 341h Street project could vary depending on actual
upstream cofferdam height, but it is anticipated that two 48-inch pipes will be
sufficient to divert the Creek during construction. A diversion consisting of temporary
cofferdams and diversion pipes will be shown conceptually on the contract drawings.
However, final design of the diversion will be contractor -designed.
4-2 R. W. Beck Working Final Report.doc 11/21/05
RECOMMENDED ALTERNATIVE
Rights -of -Way and Easements
Additional research during the design phase is necessary to determine the extent of
property easement needs, King County Drainage District No. 1 owns a 40-foot wide
strip of land for Springbrook Creek both north and south of the SW 34th Street right-
of-way. Approval from the drainage district will be required. The 40-foot wide strip
is within a 115-foot wide Springbrook Creek buffer easement area. Within this
easement area, it is likely that no additional easement is required for the City to
perform drainage improvements, however, this should be confirmed. Temporary
construction easements may also be necessary for road restoration and tying the raised
road back into private driveways.
Utility Relocations
The gas, power, water, sanitary sewer, and communication utilities currently routed
over the existing culverts will have to be relocated to avoid conflict with the new
culvert. It is anticipated at this time that the utilities wilI be relocated as follows:
Sanitary Sewer — rerouted to extend east. The existing west running line will be
terminated. Two options for relocating the sewer were considered. These options
were evaluated using available as -built information provided by the City. One option
included installing approximately 800 lineal feet of new 12-inch diameter sewer line at
a minimal slope along the north side of SW 34'h Street and tying in to an existing
sanitary side sewer located just west of Lind Avenue. This option was not preferred
by the City because the low flows may not be adequate to cleanse the pipe and it was
preferred to have the pipe in the right-of-way.
The preferred option is to route a new 8-inch diameter sewer line along the center of
SW 34'h Street and connect to an existing sewer in the southwest area of the
intersection of SW 341h Street and Lind Avenue. A preliminary layout of this sewer
line is shown on Figure 6. In order to tie into the existing sewer at this location, the
new 8-inch sewer would be at minimum grade (0.4%) and would cross an existing
60-inch diameter storm drain at the same depth. One method that the City has used in
the past to make a crossing like this is to add a new manhole to the existing storm
drain line and have the sewer hard piped in ductile iron through the manhole. In this
way, both pipelines can be at the same elevation but flows would be kept separate.
For final design is it recommended that additional survey be done to get actual utility
locations to assure that adequate drop is available, to check conflicts with other
utilities along the proposed sanitary sewer alignment, and to consider options to avoid
the need to have a crossing within a manhole.
Water — based on pothole information acquired during this phase, the existing 12-inch
water line runs just across the tops of the existing CMP culverts along the south side
of the road. Rather than relocate the line under the culvert, the City's preference is to
suspend the relocated water line along the downstream (north) face of the new box
culvert. This requires extending the line from the south to the north side of the road
and back again. The suspended portion of the water line would be protected within a
larger (22-inch diameter) carrier pipe. Brackets bolted to the box culvert face and/or
Working Final Repori.doc 11/21105 R. W. Beck 4-3
Section 4
parapet wall would support the pipe. Couplings at each end of the span will be
installed to allow some movement between the suspended section and buried sections.
Gas — It is assumed that the PSE gas line will be relocated under the new box culvert
prior to construction of the box culvert. Another option would be to route the line
over the culvert in the non -roadway section. The line could be encased or otherwise
protected to compensate for the low cover.
Electric Power — It is assumed that the buried PSE power lines will be relocated under
the new box culvert prior to construction of the box culvert. Other options would be
routing over the culvert in the non -roadway section. The lines could be encased or
otherwise protected to compensate for the low cover.
Communications - It is assumed that the Qwest buried communication lines will be
relocated under the new box culvert.
Note that PSE (power and gas) and Qwest (communication) are ultimately responsible
for relocation of their utilities. Therefore other alternatives may be possible. The
contractor will be required to coordinate with the utilities so that utility relocates can
be accomplished during the construction, as required.
Culvert Foundations
The recommended foundation for Alternative 2 is a continuous full bottom spread
footing. A pile foundation was also considered but determined unfeasible due to poor
existing soil conditions. The spread footings can be precast units constructed by the
precast manufacturer of the box culvert. Using precast footings speeds construction
time considerably.
As discussed in the geotechnical report, the underlying soils contain layers of
liquifable material. This creates a risk that during a major earthquake event that
settlements of the box culvert could occur. The report estimates that from one -inch
and 10-inches of settlement are possible during a design (i.e., 1 in 475 years) seismic
event. The overall depth of the liquifable material appears extremely variable,
increasing the chance that differential settlements could occur. A local evenly
distributed settlement would likely not damage the culvert structure but would result
in a reduced hydraulic section. If serious differential settlements occurred it is
possible that stresses due to this settlement could cause structural damage of the box
culverts. Use of a continuous, full width bottom can minimize the potential amount of
settlement as well as help prevent damaging stresses in the structure because the box
culvert walls are structurally tied across the bottom.
Excavation and placement of a crushed rock or controlled density fill mat for
foundation support will mitigate the effects of liquefaction. Other methods of
liquefaction mitigation are typically expensive and may not be suited to the site. The
most certain approach to eliminate risk is to place the structure on piles. Because the
poor soil conditions extend beyond the boring depths, the required depth of piles is
unknown at this time. The piles would have to be designed to sustain the design load
and potential downdrag forces and would therefore be very long and costly. To
4-4 R. W. Beck Working Final Report.doc 3 U2110
RECOMMENDED ALTERNATIVE
ascertain the conditions of the deeper soils conditions an additional boring or another
test such as an electronic Cone Penetration Test (CPT) down to 150 feet would be
necessary (cost of about $9,000). Even if further deep exploration is done, it is highly
likely that the required depth and/or size of piles to support the load and downdrag
would make a pile system cost prohibitive.
In summary, it is recommended that the culvert consist of a four-sided structure and
that it foundation be prepared by the excavation and placement of a shallow layer of
crushed rock or controlled density fill mat. The four-sided option, supported directly
on a prepared pad, provides a reasonable level of risk for the type of facility under
consideration. There may be some loss of serviceability (freeboard) or need for
structural repairs in the event of the design earthquake occurrence; however, it is also
possible that this could conceivably not happen during the design life of the facility.
Road and Sidewalk Modifications
The recommended alternative requires that the existing road grade be raised
approximately 2.3 feet at the center of the culvert. Therefore, a revised vertical
alignment is required for SSA' 341h Street in the immediate vicinity of the project. One
approach to the vertical alignment modifications is shown on Figure S. This plan
includes two 50-foot sag vertical curves and one 150-foot crest vertical curve. This
approach would require demolition and reconstruction of approximately 300 feet of
SW 341h Street and modifications to driveways, adjacent businesses, sidewalks,
landscaping and some utility structures. The adjustment would create new low points
along the road and require installation of new catch basins.
It is noted however, that although the 50-foot vertical curves meet the design
guidelines of AASHTO, they do not meet the City's minimum vertical curve length
requirements and that moving forward using the two 50-foot sag vertical curves would
require approval from the City's Administrator. The City Code specifies 200-foot
vertical curves for all changes in vertical grade, although the City's Transportation
Department reduces this to 150 feet on occasion. The City's Transportation
Department prefers the longer length on arterials in order to improve appearance and
provide a comfortable ride. If the vertical curves are required to be 150 feet the length
of roadway reconstruction would increase. It is recommended that during design the
optimum curve length be selected to balance minimizing the length of road
construction (and associated costs) with the need to provide adequate length for
appearance and comfort. Again, if the ultimate length is less than 150 feet, approval
of the City Administrator is required.
Environmental Considerations
In general, the project will result in long-term environmental benefits. These benefits
include improved fish passage and spawning habitat and a reduction in upstream
flooding and associated water quality impacts. There will be no permanent loss of
wetland area. Approximately 1,100 square feet of Wetland 1 and associated stream
and 1,650 square feet of Wetland 2 and associated stream will be temporarily
Workiag Final Repon doc 11/22/05 R. W. Beck 4-5
Section 4
disturbed during construction through the temporary creek diversion and/or excavation
activities. This impact is expected to be temporary and impacted areas will be re -
vegetated.
Environmental impacts during construction are mostly related to the potential for
erosion and an increase in turbidity in Springbrook Creek. These impacts will be
mitigated by diverting clean water around the construction activities, treating
dewatering water, limiting the time of construction, implementing erosion control best
management practices, and re -vegetating disturbed areas.
During development of this pre -design study, a meeting was held at the site with the
local WDFW habitat manager. Through discussions about the project and impacts, it
was suggested that some habitat improvements, in the form of adding rootwads, be
included as part of the project. To minimize disturbed area and dewatering costs, the
extent of rootwad placement would be limited to the dewatered area between the
temporary cofferdams. Figure 7 presents a concept for the rootwad placement. The
plan includes widening of the west side of the channel and placement of two logs with
root wads on the west bank both upstream and downstream of the crossing. The logs
are crossed to increase the complexity of the microhabitats provided and are placed at
the edge of the existing channel. Although not shown on this figure, the mitigation
plan will also include plantings to shade the alcoves where the logs will be placed.
Potential for Scour or Sediment Deposition
There is a low potential for scour due to the flat gradient and low channel velocities
and full -width bottom through the culverts. Nevertheless, the culvert bottom will be
placed three -feet or more below the stream bed to provide the required depth of
streambed gravels and minimize potential scour. Gast -in -place cut-off walls may also
be constructed at the culvert entrance and exit.
Sediment deposition is ongoing along the Springbrook Creek system and over time
sediment build-up will continue to occur throughout the system. In the past, sediment
build-up has occurred in the Iower reaches of the creek closer to the Black River Pump
Station and in the vicinity of Grady Way. Sediment deposition in and around the SW
341h Street culvert is expected to be about the same as that within the adjacent
channels. Sediment will tend to build up and then be washed downstream during
larger events.
Potential for Contaminated Sediments
Although there is potential for encountering contaminated sediments during the
excavation for the culvert replacement, sampling along Springbrook Creek done as a
part of the geotechnical investigations found no contaminate levels above required
standards. Therefore additional sediment sampling is not planned during the design
phase or during construction.
4-6 R. W. Beck Working Final Report.doe 1 1Ilzro5
RECOMMENDED ALTERNATIVE
Permits and Regulatory Issues
The following permits have been identified:
■ Sensitive Area Ordinance compliance from City of Renton
■ JARPA permit which combines the Hydraulic Project Approval (HPA) from
Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife
■ Temporary Water Quality Modification Permit from Washington State Department
of Ecology
■ COE 404 permit for working in the Wetland
■ Shoreline Master Use Permit
The Corps administers Section 404 of the Clean Water Act, which regulates the
discharge of dredged or fill materials into Waters of the United States, including
wetlands. For projects requiring Section 404 Permits, the Corps makes the final
determination as to whether the area meets the definition of a jurisdictional wetland.
Section 401 of the Clean Water Act requires applicants for Section 404 permits to
obtain 401 water quality certification from the appropriate certifying agency. In
Washington, that agency is the Ecology. Section 401 certification ensures that
projects discharging to Waters of the United States, including wetlands, fall within
specific water quality standards. Conditions of the 401 Certification become
conditions of the Corps 404 Permit. Project information should be submitted to
Ecology for approval.
Applicable City of Renton regulations
Regulations: Chapter 3 (Environmental
Development Standards).
include RMC Title IV - Development
Regulations) and Chapter 4 (Property
Section 404 and 401 Permits require the submittal of a Joint Aquatic Resources Permit
Application (JARPA) to the above -mentioned agencies for approval before initiating
any activities within the wetland identified on -site. Depending on the proposed
activity that occurs in the wetland, a wetland report and wetland mitigation plan are
typically requested by the Corps, Ecology, and the local jurisdiction, as part of the
JARPA submittal.
Schedule
Following approval of this design report, required permit applications can be
developed and submitted. The most lengthy permit to obtain is typically the Corps
404 permit, which can take anywhere from 6 months to 18 months. Therefore, it is
most likely that construction will take place in 2007.
As noted previously, construction within the ordinary high water will need to be
accomplished during the months of June through September (and possibly mid -
October). One item to consider regarding the schedule is the lead-time necessary for
ordering the precast concrete sections. A lead-time on the order of two to three
months may be required. Assuming a target start date for construction of July 2007,
Working Final Report.doc 11122/05 R. W. Beck 4-7
Section 4
the City should attempt to award the contract on or before April 1, 2007 or have a
separate procurement contract for the precast box culvert sections.
4-8 R. W. Beek Working Final Report. doe 11/22/05
Section 5
REFERENCES
Section 5
REFERENCES
Kerwin, John and Nelson, Tom S. (Eds.). December 2000. "Habitat Limiting Factors
and Reconnaissance Assessment Report, Green/Duwamish and Central Puget Sound
Watersheds (WRIA 9 and Vashon Island)." Washington Conservation Commission
and the King County Department of Natural Resources.
HWA Geosciences Inc. 2005. SW 30 Street/Springbook Creek Culvert Improvement
Project. October 14,
Hruby, T. 2004. Washington State wetland rating system for western Washington —
Revised. Washington State Department of Ecology Publication #04-06-025.
Jones & Stokes. 2005. 34th Street Culvert Replacement Wetland Delineation and
Stream Reconnaisssance Tecl-incial Memornadum. May 24`h. (J&S 05287.05)
Renton, WA.
R.W. Beck, Inc. I997. East Side Green River Watershed Plan, Prepared for the City
of Renton.
Washington Department of Ecology. 1997. Washington state wetlands identification
and delineation manual. (Publication No. 96 94.) March. Olympia, WA.
Working FinalReport.doc 11/21/05
FIGURES
W
rn
a
a-
CL
I
R
I '
I
SW 2M St
r
I
I3
Cn
e
Y
a�
G
I
I
11t SW 34th St
1
I
I
I
I
PLAN
SCALE: 1'400'
CITY OF
RENTON
a�Yuw rws-W'&-W-VWb o w-x+ D"t
NOTE:
THE PROJECT AREA LAND USE IS DESIGNATED
EIAPLMUENt AREA — VALLEY.
N
2DO O 200 4OO
1'=20D'-0
Soak Feet
SW 34TH STREET to s�-0s
CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
FICU RE 1
PROJECT AREA MAP
col)
CL
CL
IL
MIND r MISS Cr N CMMM INIoo RN IN CM NlK �OF NUMEM 5M N weI 'W 9, one
FIRIM
"Al
it c
0061:10
SIT Pt
4 FIM Of lftX C MR
QXM CONCRIDE OPIRM
1 it Istoldfisa
141MUNLOM
REAM i1= FEEF
SIX
97 co M I
E
W 910 Wis
WHOM w Im
BH-2 ecff EL lfin —i
50* WETLAND RNFER
50' WETLAND BUFFER
me
w
It, I
WEnA4D 1 Iftl 11 v IIA
E WE 11.113
IL 12M
110011:1 21I7 M
i I wr itz
ilM FIN
ON WETLAND 2
R p 7 4E-12A_
79' CUP vrnpu r1i I vERr IE=7.58
1E B.09 I 72)AP
-CMP STORM CULVERTsp-a
lL
ISM RAFAM Ulm FM
SPRJNCBRDDK CREEK i1 SPRINGBROOK (;PEE]< lum MIME im RE
1E 8,12 =72-rlip RID JW 21L PA ON 04)W/7GM
—a -cw. STORK72
IE-8-m
C1 TOE I
9 N 13A Tff I
Mw 1710
BH-2 ME S ZAI
1E Pit t=
A9%W WL
rum am *11)
XONS MIL W 27W M—Wo."
2D ---IE V4 FK WL
---,�t K BIRO W zr KE M Agwu MN El I W.13L7W
FAN* MR OU OF IRK,
N INAM94M
30M FEEr
E IM5,3411AM
tw WA--- it11M
Nve
5e WEnMD 811
SIM Not 110
9 X 1W I
VE N MR Apim F
CWMNM 50' NWETLAND BUFFER
A114100 14,24
14M M Tin I
to I gal 211A
gal su Pill WL 9 11.33
. t or" N
N logjam a
1.11swoshic lias
FEIR I-sm
ce"CRIENE
w-w
N
UND MOKE SW
N 001= WIN:NM7.WFMRM IN
as N CME 111124009. WON ar a ow IMENSIDIX MILM NWNE 0011111
Cfff IF 1113111101 MMMff K IM &e IN aft crrr w o" mum
113DIP01111 21M FEE! W WL 111001101 TILM FED
NOM
HORIZONTAL DATUNL
WRTH AMERDIN D" s3M. Hu mm 0r354r W SEMM MMAEM 9 M WOMMM OF LIND AVDW
Sr *0 SW 3NH ST(NOT OPR) AM LM MUM W *0 N MRID Mff GMr�
Euc& ZUNI
NORM AMOM VERTIM DATM 811 HU MY OF WM UIXR ND IMI AT Tff WERSU=1115 OF UND AVAJE
SW AM SW MH MW OM) BEA" Z= FEET MV WMEINT Nt 1551 AT UM ADAX M AM SW 2=1 ST(WT
WEN) RMTM 7.1-32 FEET
wA mqi: 7w wmmw mm ew oF uw srmwa we FEET w OF THE conum or gumma cpm
ON HDM ME OF 301 STREET 50IS1IVEST, ELEVATION 1"2 FEET
WA &kf?- 09MD 911M AT SIMEAST OMER MORETE TRANSI*WER, 1175 FEET WEST OF 9MOG1001( OM
CENTERILK AM 12A FEET NORTH OF 13AM OF WALK M NMTHI SCE SMITMEST 34TH STREET. GEOTION 21.10 FM
TOPOGRAPHIC MAMffi NOTES:
W IdAI' MW HEREON IS 7W RE W OF A TOPOWAKIC SN&Y I IXIANIE KWM & AMOMM M M"
CINKM ON NIM 21, 2=56 ALL DOW MUES 511010 HUM WERE F13.D TO AS A NEW OF A YNX
MIT -OUT UM DIE MIJRSE OF DE Mb "M W.* WMWM & MMMUM IM 044) ASUMB ND UPOM
FOR TFIE MaIRAM OF RE ILITM Miliff-UH. MIA ASSLUES W UMM, BMW SAD VM FUR ANY RIUM RWACE
FEAM WMFIrATIM6 OR OmCWwnDN ACMM DW kW 00" WMN OR AMOW THE PERIlEn OF TM ORNILY.
CIXIXT DA ' 425/4&1-S7�) FOR SITE LMTES A10 VEIRFrATMN&
ROAD C0904M
&
MONUWENT IN CASE
— — — — — —
ROAD Raff-1OF-WAY
AiD,
PRCLW BD CH
........... z ...... . ..
BULDW,
x
PK NAIL (MITROO
r—
FENCE LIME
a
NEW AND CAP
CMIXOR KITAVAL (2 FEET)
'-K
0XVENT
C13161" I'm (10 FEET)
13
mm Dw cam &M
STM WM CILLOOM I
DIM
BULDIING
Q
MM Mw WIML
CLF
CRW LW FM
CONFER TREE
oopc
MOM
DEODMIS TREE
CM
CDM111 70 WYK ?K
JCL
SIGN
EEC
DITRIM 00arm cm
0
Fmw
ow
ORWAIENIM
0
SWIM San MIME
20 0 20 40
ON
ORDKW( H19H WAM
MM POLE WITH U%ff
scde Feet Pyc
P012YOK MAW PPE
Lpff PONE
SID
SIX Puyr
R
WATER MUM
sw
STORK " "w
IM
am WLVE
sm
MM SWEIR w*w
SEELCKAJIt RAMP
OPERAND FLAG
DATUM
�
wo.
REVI51011
W
DATE
APPR
ti zf�z.�� I Ait--
�M
INE-
�Iil
N1 1/4, 51 L/4, 3 25. TWP 23 K 14 1 & NW 1/4. Sr 1/4, 8 30. TV n N. 1 5 X T.N.
CITY OF SW 34TH STREET off"Is-IN
RENTON CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT HIM=
FIGURE
ftwnhlq/E Wmi/ftbft Wwk@ DwL EXSTNG SURVEY 05-751
MAP MW-1 o"_1
3 M 133f' W
�r
■
■
rn
a
a.
a
A
n
4%
10292
MWAAW x CAW
a&W
AAD cam
ak.vvr
MAIN mw e.,R `s AAQV
yyt;
I
UWZ
,�yi yw
tA+w ft4.S
\
4xcrdk ci4 ME .
a
='�+r
W#7kT° Si.*N 7dRfk ',fix"
LMN F wry i"r,
nx
crur MR
wi t�i SAw
cow
cooDrAlm ALM prf
`R*
OMLIKA'
'
allmW VAS '' witm
xwJ Fir AS tY 4esPk .2 , i"t'..'`.�.
0 15 30
Felt
1I 1/4. SK 1/4. 3 25, TWP 23 14, Q 4 E A N* 1/4, SW 1/4, S 30, aP 23 H. s 5 8, Wx
o� CITY OF 5W 34TH STREET a-t
RENT ON CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
F4GURE 4
�� owsu PWnnft/BWldkV/Puek Wks Dept ALTBMT1VE 1 PLAN
rr
■
■
r
>y
IL
a.
NOTES:
1. HORQDNTAL OAnk NAD 83/91
VERNAL UKMM: NIIVD 88
2. IJIM INVERT BASED ON AS -BUILT DRWNGS
PROVIDED BY THE CITY OF RENTON. INVERTS WILL
BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO 30% DESIGN.
3. REYOVE EXISTING WrARY SEWER PIPE AS
REOLIRED TO INSTALL NEW CULVERT CROSSING.
PLOG END OF ROWM PIPE WITH CONCRETE
4. NEW SEWER PIPE TO PASS TIRO" NEW STORK DRAIN
11WIOLE WITHIN DUCTILE IRON APE.
fiIII I 1
I
I
1 Y EX SDMH I
RIM 18.16
NEW SSMH
' IE 14.68 I I
J STD 3 EX SSMH IX SDMH !�J
RIM 1&14 RIM 19.04
i IE 9.44
E: N 14.64 (EX) i CONNECT
r ti 1 1E S 14.62 (E7(; EX SDMH TO IX B' S5 LiJ IE SSMH
-15
E W 14.59 EX Q i IE 10-15
L .< IE 9.26
2. -0.
EXGST 60' CONC STORM — - k 4 Y��
300 LF Jr SS S=0.40X
4dX = — 300 LF 8' SS 5r.40% 165 LF 9' SS SNEW SSMH
I i € NEW SSMH �� 0 IE 11.37
IE 13M
_wNEW li
TYPE A CURB ANO GUTTER S.W.�, w,4TH STREET
—.. _
NEW SSMH
I r I IE 14 55 R.O.W.
�-
f I� ( ABANDON y
EX SS
I l NEW SSMH
r t EX SDMH CONNECT TO EJWNG
RIM 2D.40 EX SSMH IE 1 d.75
IE 9.51 IE 10.86
I r 1 1 I
PLAN
SCAB: 1'=40'
s
g; 40 0 40 80
R 1 • �' Style Feet
I owe ere "` 1'�40' ,.aRR"aC'i4— CITY OF SW 34TH STREET a-ls-os
Im
�+ RENTCiN CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
FIGURE B
No. REVISION ar DATE AM +� � ���'wk +�4f I`+ °iat 5AWR
RELOCATION
"m
AOT N c4Sf
c,F
cUrrTN*
eM114N
waYs
s opwN
y<,1
3
iA'!ys`F..X6 W
a
+Z"r
,'AtA <°j('^F
A' wr xS
t�
WA—K. ray.
may �4
E1V AA
P
=--ltfT
ORN,
'm
t.Yfe6'
rym-A aq MmR
EAX"#.ca@0 3(3
4zalwwwll wllf)?
r7€Pr£SEY?S %`^x �'�RA?hrG x"ck1'UF,£S
S c3 a"i CIE AS QF AFRE 2,1, 10J0.
0 15 30
Fed
et# if4, 3l 5; , 0 20,
u
1• ""� �''°°'" OF sw 34TH STREET
CITY
R CITY
O CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
FIGURE i
Works DwL ALTERNATIVE 2 PLAN
r �w.r wr
Lu
w
D
(D
NOTM-
1. THIS FIGURE SM AL SD*)MTIC PLAN M TEMPORARILY
MW FIM 1W "4W00K CRIML FINAL PLAN WILL
BE DESKXM BY THE CONTRACTOR.
BUFFERWEn.Am
BUFFER
WETL"
BOUNDARY 01 f WEFLAND ie^ 48' DIA TDAPORWY
BOLNDW DKUr" PEES
7 7-'
91::
TDAICIRMY-
)MIORWY
. ...... COTEFFERnAM
. . ..............
BDUNDARY
. . ..................... WERMD
. . ......... .
aofmm
4;
f
...... .... M::;:1
50'
0
�v C--- WERMD
5---4 . z BUFFER
WETLAND
BUFFER
\L
PLAN
SCALE V-2V
NT, 1/4. M 1/4. 6 25, TWP 23 N, 9 4 9 & W 1/4, 9W 1/4. 3 30. TWP 2S N. P. 5 B. WIN.
WS -'WRsZY RVW17-INTS 7HE YPOLWA0.49 PEA PJFFS
A!� TWY S(;S'M OV VX AS C.,- AAW 2?, 20M SW -34TH STREET
CITY OF CULVERT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ME WIN 20 0 20 4D CAD RENTON FIGURE 9
AT F'U SM4 Pbmk%/8wMWW1�bk Works Upt TEMPORARY DIVERSION PLAN
scar r Scala Feet
NO. Reis BY ME APM
S W. 34 ph ST.
PEA PLAN 9-9 xSOW s+wweo MAN$
• ;. ''�^,.. � � .a fsT .n * S'°*?1^,n`��y� pw`^y'yun �,,�'.. Ws._»� ^�u^rr F.� '}v VYV7f ix _
0
III, 3r'I 1 Mt
.15 Ylf(i1$ 'll•fE �
3nN3AV 0 I'1
i
o 'skisn-wjl�.j'-
.01 01133.W3
1
,.GR 3
6
4pW0 +/ rX1E601p
✓•`3y1A1 9 1fFtlL
In
0
0
e
�
M89NINd5
y� 1F0'IJ
i
Id A33H6 33G T3 1 GGHI
3411 N%vw 09. 11
IL
i
Y
r
ImqkI,
_
c...
1
..
..,. ._
v�
Ir.4 A
0 1'
Ol
�
—� M--,NmNK
—. 3i1N3AV
Q N 11
Stag
u
'
f
�
0
I'
�1
M � WY
g
(Dso�
fy
r
N
Uf
So
i 1
ter'-xrY" F
z
zz
S pjO "v� •°
12!
1
o
all
c wd w.
•wo:g A� ilp�
!
�
a
k�P
a
� g
13M1V.F0-X)0H&19dS
Z�V�M
1x
A4MH21 tld A3717A
=i
�y
r'
r
.... ,y,.._ .. T
No. 9 - SW 34th Street, facing west from culvert crossing
No. 2 - SW 34th Street, facing east from culvert crossing
City of Renton
SW 34th Street Culvert Replacement
Field Reconnaissance Photos
VjAr
' .r �`•-�;.G`i� L. ! "� `�LT+,a1`:!_F''IC'' `�e,�+t'�I�k'�`',,�- ° r �f
y ,
- s 4 - ' •��,.i"T� 'R.I �r 7�r w i. i� i� �t� /-��..� l.y'�.A ',��' � - ... - s
No. 3 - Upstream end of culvert crossing SW 34th Street
��� 2 •, �1jy�[�-Z°►1'. y.� -. � .ice_ } / Yi 4� � �y y . �� +
�1�1i1` r���* SC-�l6Yl a *��.A 1.'�/. "itiii L `'. '� f.�% - t��� .� ..• �. .'.'t
w
No. 4 - Downstream end of culvert crossing SW 34th Street
City of Renton
SW 34th Street Culvert Replacement
Field Reconnaissance Photos
Appendix B
WETLAND DELINEATION AND STREAM
RECONNAISSANCE TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM
Technical Memorandum
City of Renton -- 34th Street Culvert Replacement Wetland Delineation and Stream
Reconnaissance
Prepared for:
R.W. Beck
1001 4th Avenue, Suite 2500
Seattle, WA 98154-1004
Prepared by:
10 Jars & Stokes
11820 Northup Way, Suite E300
Bellevue, WA 98005
May 24, 2005
City of Renton - 34th Street Culvert
Replacement Wetland Delineation and
Stream Reconnaissance
Technical Memorandum
Prepared for:
R.W. Beck
1001 4th Avenue, Suite 2500
Seattle, WA 98154-1004
Contact: Michael Giseburt
Prepared by:
)7 n
Jones & Stokes
11820 Northup Way, Suite E300
Bellevue, WA 98005
Contact: Andy Wanes
4251822-1077
May 24, 2005
This document should be cited as:
Jones & Stokes. 2005. 34th Street Culvert Replacement Wetland Delineation and Stream Reconnaissance Technical
Memorandum. May 24. (AS 05287.05.) Renton, WA.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction..........................................................1
Chapter2. Methods................................................................1
2.1. Waters and Wetlands.............................................................1
Chapter3. Results.................................................................. 2
3.1. Wetland 1...............................................................................2
3.1.1. Vegetation,................................................................3
Hydrology.......................................................................... 3
Soils................................................................................ .3
Upland Conditions............................................................3
3.2. Wetland 2............................................................................... 3
3.2.1. Vegetation.................................................................4
Hydrology.. ......... .............................................................. 4
Soils..................................................................................4
Upland Condibons............................................................4
3.3. Stream Reconnaissance........................................................4
Chapter 4. Regulatory Issues ................................................ 5
Chapter 5. References............................................................ 6
May 24, 2005
List of Figures
Following Page
Figure I - Regional Vicinity Map of Project Area....................................................................... 2
Figure2. Site Drawing............................................................................................................... 2
List of A
radices
Appendix A. Corps Data Forms
Appendix B. Ecology Wetland Rating Forms
City of Renton —E]
Chapter 1. Introduction
This technical memorandum describes a wetland delineation conducted for the City
of Renton, along Springbrook Creels where it crosses 34th Street. The project area is
located in Section 30, Township 23N, Range 5E; and Section 25, Township 23N,
Range 4E (Figure 1). The purpose of this work is to provide baseline information for
environmental permits required for replacement of the culverts at 34th Street.
Two wetlands were identified and delineated along each side of Springbrook Creek,
upstream and downstream of 34th Street. Springbrook Creek was straightened in this
area, and the wetlands run along both sides of the stream. Both wetlands meet the
Washington Department of Ecology (Ecology) definition of a Category III wetland,
for which the City Code (4-3-050) requires 50-foot buffers.
The ordinary high water mark (OHWM) was delineated along the banks of
Springbrook Creek 100 feet upstream and downstream of 34th Street.
The delineation methods and both wetlands are described in detail below.
Chapter 2. Methods
2.1. Waters and Wetlands
On April 19, 2005, Jones & Stokes biologists conducted a wetland delineation along
Springbrook Creek, 100 feet upstream and downstream of 34th Street. The biologists
used delineation methods from the Corps' Wetland Delineation Manual
(Environmental Laboratory 1987) and the 1997 Washington State Wetlands
Identification and Delineation Manual (Washington Department of Ecology 1997).
Both manuals require the presence of wetland indicators for vegetation, hydrology,
and soils before an area is considered a wetland.
Orange flagging was hung to indicate the edge of the wetland area. Red and white
striped flagging was hung to indicate the location of sample plots. Flags were
numbered in sequence on each side of the stream.
May 24, 2005
34th Street Culvert Replacement Wetland Delineation and
Stream Reconnaissance Technical Memorandum
Wetland habitat types are based on the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)
wetland classification system (Cowardin et al. 1979), which categorizes wetlands
according to plant community types and hydrologic regime. This system is
commonly used by local jurisdictions to help determine wetland functions and
values.
Wetlands ratings were based on Ecology's Washington State Wetlands Rating
System — Western Washington (Ecology 2004) and the City of Renton's wetland
classification system (Renton Code 4-3-050).
The OHWM along Springbrook Creek was delineated based on evidence of frequent
inundation, including: scour, water -stained vegetation, water staining of culverts, and
deposition of drifting vegetative debris. The regulatory definition of ordinary high
water, is found in RMC 4-11-150:
"On lakes and streams, that mark found by examining the bed and banks and
ascertaining where the presence and action of waters are so common and
usual, and so long continued in all ordinary years, as to mark upon the soil a
character distinct from that of the abutting upland..."
Chapter 3. Results
Jones & Stokes biologist identified and delineated two wetlands within the project
area. Both wetlands are narrow, straight riparian wetlands along Springbrook Creek.
The biological and physical features associated with both wetlands are described
below. OHWM followed very closely to the wetland boundaries. Wetlands and
OHWM are shown graphically in Figure 2.
3.1. Wetland 1
Wetland 1 is a narrow riparian wetland that runs along both sides of Springbrook
Creek upstream of 34th. Wetlands on both sides of a narrow stream (less than 50
feet) can be considered one unit, with the creek a characteristic of the wetland (Hruby
2004). In the project area, the wetland is dominated by palustrine emergent (PEM)
habitat. Wetland hydrology is supported by high flows of Springbrook Creek and
groundwater.
Wetland 1 meets Ecology's definition of a Category III wetland and the City of
Renton's definition of a Category 2 wetland because it is greater than 2200 square
feet and is not isolated (associated with Springbrook Creek). Wetland 1 is not
City of Renton ��
�SSS� Jones &Stokes Figure "- Regional Vicinity Map of Project Area
SW 34th Street Culvert Replacement Project
='" THE NORTHEAST OF THE SOUTHEAST OF SECTION 25, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST AND
L, q:
THE NORTHWEST OF THE SOUTHWEST OF SECION 30, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M.
CITY OF RENTON, COUNTY OF ICING, STATE OF WASHINGTON
f ,7_
r
E
r I.L ) rrr• r���.
].
�^ ICErYE F 1r l r .'fir uI
� t ]O
F
n.silr
r
I z
WETLAND BUFFER (50 FEET} r";r r
ti
J
i 1 WETLAN BUFFER (50 FEET)D BU
i
IBOPL r
wERMD 1 3 �L L. ]c!Z
E I
iv
m �
.... p ... <.., ..., I ]E i w — 1
x
WEnAN
n.:.aul
r
L F
., -... C9EFa I 794mRy10M f1®r
yy
1 f
_ 1 .
1 1
I
II LN,
13 T FE
F. I E TTl I U
x
+'iFULI 1F{4 rU [IMF L-� O S 'Sb 1?FE "LUAUS �• - til •• •..
E.
r�rK PI Ew goua
{.5 �SIRe.I
`m .....
L _ :
I
spa T. 1 wl 1r,7k c Ic run
u+o IrAor I'I+ sl+ a
P K. 6 F a OF 41
17 LLL -i14N r. 51 .LrE ) �� { �11 .SP1� • � U{ -,
WEfEiWD BUFFER (50 FEET}
�
wEEW BUFFER FEM
�.
(50
tc
r�
-r5P i�
It f I! 15
sA
r935
11
CDrr'ai •.
E
1
e Ei
7
E I
i
I
�
I
�
N's�r LlP1 ANEi'UE �w
`E
1k,M EM i C�
ClI- + .:
MaAIENS. P)III ).
1ri 0 P[ r)x r1�lAN',1 r1s col
ECEN•Trr ;x r[n
CP +SF ')' R4kW,,l
NOT S
H.W70NTAL OATLfMA;
NORTH Al DATUM W9E. HELD NORTH 01'35'41" EAST 80WET71 JAOHUMEIHTS AT THE NTERSE00H OF UND AVENUE
SW AND SW WM ST(NOT OPEN) AND UND AVENUE SW AND SW 23RD ST(),W OPEN),
VERTICAL DATUM;
NORTH AMERIICAN VERI)CEL DATUM JIB. HELD CITY OF RE)tM MCHUMENT NO. 1861 AT THE WTElSEC IM OF LAND AVENUE
SW MID SW 30TH ST(NOT OPEN) aEYA10H 20.D0 FEET AND MOMIMENT NO. 1551 AT LWO AVENUE SN AND SW 23RD ST(HOT
OPEN) ELEVATION 21-32 FEFT.
DNIA D1411: TOP NORTHWEST BASE BOLT OF UGHT STANDARD 1126 FEET EAST OF THE CENTERUNE OF SPRRIGUMK CREEK
ON NORTH SCE OF 34TH STREET SCURfIYESIT. i7kVATIOH I8.92 FEET
DEN BMg2: MSEIM SOILARE AT SOUTHEAST CORNER CONCRETE TPANSFORMRR t175 FEET NEST OF SPRNI 8RM CRIB
CENTERLINE AND 1ZD FEET NORTH (IF BACK OF WALK ON NORTH WE SOUTHWEST 34TH STREET ELEVATION 91.10 FEET
THE MAP SHOWN HEREON IS THE RESULT OF A TOPCIitMHIC SURVEY BY DWNE ILA rMAN 3 ASSDCNTES W. (DNA)
COMPLETED ON APRIL 21. 200& ALL EK0M4O UIRITES EiHM HEREIN WERE FELD TED AS A RESULT OF A UTUTY
PAMT-0UT DURING THE COURSE OF THE HELD SURVEY. OUAAE HARUMAI d AS90dATFS. NO (DIN) ASSUMES NO LKKP
FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE UDL)TY PAINT -OUT OHA Al NO LLABLITY, BEYOND 34 DATE, FOR ANY fTRLkE SURFACE
FEATURE MOOIFICAi1OH5 OR CORMUCTION ACINTIIFS THAT MAY OCCUR WTIHML OR Al THE PER60ER OF [HAS SURVEY.
CONTACT DEN (425/4W-5355) FOR S1E UPDATES AND 4ijWOTKJHS
LEGEND
.... ...
ROW NENIVRJHE
9
MONUMENT W CASE
ROAD WHT_OF_NAY
$
PROJECT RFNCHMA"
BUILDING
x
PK NAIL (CONTROL)
—�
FENCE LINE
REBAT AND CAP
-
-
CONTOUR iKrERVAL (2 FEET)
CULVERT
—
CONTOUR ENOE1i (10 FEET)
-
STORM DRAN CATCH BASH
-- — ---
— — —
WER,WD BOUNDARY
STORM DRAW CIEAMCIJT
_ . _ . _
. _ ..
WETUND BUFFER (50 FEET)
STORM DRAM MANHOLE
BLDC
tMKl.D1lC
CONFER TREE
ELF
CTNN LINK FpiCE
DEC;CljKL15 TREE
CON[
CONCRETE
-'
SKN
CMP
CCRVXATED METAL PIPE
POTHOLE
ECC
WRODED CONCREM CURB
%
SANITARY SE'MER MANHOLE
I
SCALE
ORN
ORN911EMAL
uTUTY FOIE WITH IMiLT
- _
DMF
OD(AIWIAY HIGH WATER
M.
um POLE
r'1�
20'
PAC
FOLrmm cKDmE Pff
_
WATER HIDPNIT
SP
SONL PLOT
WATER VALVE
SDMH
STORM DRAIN MAN40LE
,::
WHEELCW RAMP
SSMH
SAMURY SEMER MANFIOLE
P
WED.A1p FUG
UTILITY POTHOLE RESULTS:
DATE 06/t2/2005
Figure 2. Site Drawing
3dth 5traet Culvert Replacement Wetland Delineation and
5tr2arn Reconnaissance Technical memorandum
severely disturbed (Category 3 wetland), and does not possess the high quality
attributes of a Category 1 wetland. The City of Renton requires that Type 2 wetlands
are given a 50-foot buffer.
3.1.1. Vegetation
The wetland is completely dominated by reed canarygrass (Phalaris arundinacea)
with occasional stinging nettles (Urtica dioica). In two field sample plots, over 50%
of the dominant vegetation had a wetland indicator status of "FAC" or wetter. This
field indicator meets the Corps requirements for evidence of wetland hydrophytic
vegetation.
Hydrology
The hydrology of Wetland 1 is associated with a high groundwater table and high
flows of Springbrook Creek. One sample plot was saturated to the surface while
another was saturated to the surface with standing water S inches below the surface.
Standing water and saturation in the upper 12 inches of the soil profile meet the
Corps requirements for evidence of wetland hydrology.
Sons
Two soil samples were taken along the wetland delineation boundary. One sample
had a low chroma value of 1 in the upper 10 inches of the soil horizon. The other
sample had a chroma value of 1 in the top 10 inches with mottles. Chroma values of
1 with or without mottling in the tipper 10 inches meet the Corps requirement for
hydric soils.
Upland Conditions
Upland conditions around Wetland 1 begin with a change in vegetation that coincides
with the topographic break at the toe of the hillslope that runs the entire length of
Springbrook Creek. Upland habitat is dominated by Himalayan blackberry (Rubes
discolor) on the west side, and various invasive herbs and shrubs on the east side.
Vegetation observed includes Himalayan blackberry, stinging nettle, reed
canarygrass, catchweed (Galium aparine), bitter nightshade (S'olanum dulcamara),
poison -hemlock (Coniuni maculatum), and silver cottonwood (Populus alba).
3.2. Wetland 2
Wetland 2, similar to Wetland 1, is a narrow, riverine, flowthrougb wetland that runs
along both sides of Springbrook Creek downstream of 34`E' Street. Like Wetland 1,
Wetland 2 is considered one unit. In the project area, the wetland is dominated by
palustrine emergent (PEM) habitat. Wetland hydrology is supported by high flows of
Springbrook Creek and groundwater.
3 __...
May 24, 2005
34th Street Culvert Replacement Wetland Delineation and
Stream Reconnaissance Technical Memorandum
Wetland 2 meets Ecology's definition of a Category III wetland and the City of
Renton's definition of a Category 2 wetland because it is greater than 2200 square
feet, is not isolated (associated with Springbrook Creek), is not severely disturbed
(Category 3 wetland), and does not possess the high quality attributes of a Category 1
wetland. Type 2 wetlands in the City of Renton are given a 50-foot buffer.
3.2,1. Vegetation
Wetland 2 is completely dominated by reed canarygrass. Therefore, in the two field
sample plots, over 50% of the dominant vegetation had a wetland indicator status of
"FAC" or wetter. This field indicator meets the Corps requirements for evidence of
wetland hydrophytic vegetation.
Hydrology
The hydrology of Wetland 2 is associated with a high groundwater table and high
flows of Springbrook Creek. One sample plot was saturated to the surface while
another was saturated to the surface with standing water 4 inches below the surface.
Standing water and saturation in the upper 12 inches of the soil profile meet the
Corps requirements for evidence of wetland hydrology.
Soils
Two soil samples were taken along the wetland delineation boundary. One sample
had a low chroma value of 1 in the upper 10 inches of the soil horizon. The other
sample had a chroma value of 2 in the top 10 inches with mottles. Chroma values of
1 and chroma values of 2 with mottling in the upper 10 inches meet the Corps
requirement for hydric soils.
Upland Conditions
Upland conditions around Wetland 2 begin with a change in vegetation that coincides
with the topographic break at the toe of the hillslope that runs the entire length of
Springbrook Creek. Upland habitat is dominated by Himalayan blackberry on the
west side, and mostly mowedibare ground on the east side. Vegetation observed
includes Himalayan blackberry and reed canarygrass.
3.3. Stream Reconnaissance
Washington State has designated Springbrook Creek a Shoreline of the State (WAC
173-18-210). As a Shoreline of the State, Renton classifies Springbrook Creek as a
Class 1 stream with a standard buffer width of 100 feet. In the vicinity of 34`" Street,
Springbrook Creek is a modified straight, trapezoidal, channel. Riparian vegetation
is limited, dominated by reed canarygrass. Several small (i- to 5-inch diameter)
willows grow to the north of 34"' Street, between 30' Street and the outlet of the
City of Ranton g
34th Street Culvert Replacement Wetland Delineation and
Stream Reconnaissance Technical Memorandum
existing Sprinbrook Creek culverts. Stream gradient is low, and habitat is essentially
one long glide. In places, reed canarygrass has invaded the active channel. Stream
substrate is primarily a mixture of gravel and sand with some finer sediment.
The existing culverts at 34`h Street are low gradient and do not appear to impair fish
passage under normal flows. Salmon and trout are known to spawn upstream of the
site. Kerwin & Nelson (2000) report chinook salmon, coho salmon, cutthroat trout,
and steelhead trout all use Springbrook Creek and its tributary Mill Creek, located
well upstream of 34`h Street.
Although velocity through the existing 34th Street culverts would be highest during
peak flows, it is likely that even at peak flows, the culverts do not prevent fish
passage. However, no velocity measurements have been taken to confirm this
supposition.
As is typical of modified urban streams, Springbrook Creek contains little woody
debris or other habitat forming structure. No large woody debris was found in the
stream or along its banks for at least 200 feet upstream or downstream of 34h Street,
on April 19, 2005.
Chapter4. Regulatory Issues
Several federal, state, and local regulations affect activities in wetland areas and their
buffers. Agencies that have jurisdiction over activities in wetlands include, but may
not be limited to.
■ Corps
■ Ecology; and
■ City of Renton.
The Corps administers Section 404 of the Clean Water Act, which regulates the
discharge of dredged or fill materials into Waters of the United States, including
wetlands. For projects requiring Section 404 Permits, the Corps makes the final
determination as to whether the area meets the definition of a jurisdictional wetland.
Section 401 of the Clean Water Act requires applicants for Section 404 permits to
obtain 401 water duality certification from the appropriate certifying agency. In
Washington, that agency is the Ecology. Section 401 certification ensures that
projects discharging to Waters of the United States, including wetlands, fall within
specific water quality standards. Conditions of the 40 1 Certification become
5 May 24, 2005
34th Street Culvert Replacement Wetland Delineation and
Stream Reconnaissance Technical Memorandum
conditions of the Corps 404 Permit. Project information should be submitted to
Ecology for approval.
Applicable City of Renton regulations include RMC Title IV - Development
Regulations: Chapter 3 (Environmental Regulations) and Chapter 4 (Property
Development Standards).
Section 404 and 401 Permits require the submittal of a Joint Aquatic Resources
Permit Application (JARPA) to the above -mentioned agencies for approval before
initiating any activities within the wetland identified on -site. Depending on the
proposed activity that occurs in the wetland, a wetland report and wetland mitigation
plan are typically requested by the Corps, Ecology, and the local jurisdiction, as part
of the DARPA submittal.
Chapter 5. References
Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golet, and E. T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of
Wetlands and Deep Water Habitats of the United States. (FWS/OBS-79/31.) U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service. Washington, DC.
Environmental Laboratory. 1987. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers wetlands
delineation manual. (Technical Report 4-87-1.) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Waterways Experiment Station. Vicksburg, MS.
Hruby, T. 2004. Washington State wetland rating system for western Washington —
Revised. Washington State Department of Ecology Publication #04-06-025.
Kerwin, John and Nelson, Tom S. (Eds.). December 2000. "Habitat Limiting Factors
and Reconnaissance Assessment Report, Green/Duwamish and Central Puget Sound
Watersheds (WRIA 9 and Vashon Island)." Washington Conservation Commission
and the King County Department of Natural Resources.
Reed, P.B., Jr. 1988. National list of plant species that occur in wetlands: northwest
(Region 9). St. Petersburg, FL. Prepared for U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service wetland
inventory, Washington, DC,
Renton, City of. Municipal Code Chapter 4-3-050 — Environmental Regulations and
Overlay Districts.
Washington Department of Ecology. 1997. Washington state wetlands identification
and delineation manual. (Publication No. 96 94.) March. Olympia, WA.
City or ,Rector 6
Appendix A
�orUs Data Forms
DATA FORM
ROUTINE. WETLAND DETERMINATION
(1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual)
Projecl/Site: _51 L_, t. ver f E �,C['M(�Li Date: O�^
Applicant/Owner: t / � County /. K l/Aj&
Investi ator s I State:
Do normal' circumstances exist on site? Yes No Community ID: i
Is the site significantly disturbed (atypical situation)? Yes o �NTransect 10: ❑
Is the area a potential problem area? (II needed, explain on reverse.) Yes r rva Plot 1D: f
VEGETATION
Dominant Plant S
ies Stratum
Indicator
Dominant Plant Species Stratum Indicator
1-V/IRol* r
dropCCZt���__!L�
�
g
3.
11.
4.
12_
5.
13.
8,
14.
7.
15.
8.
16.
Dornrrrent Species
................ ....... —........ ...........................
- ........
..............
.....
Percent of dominant ss
_
ies that are OBL, FACW or FAC (excludingI • l �FAC- .
Remarkf
s: ! CC'C
C"Mdzt ,�I
e�'f
HYDROLOGY
Recorded Data (Describe. in Remarks):
_ Stream, take, or Tide Gauge
—Aerial Photographs
r_ Other
Y No Recorded Data AvailaUe
Field Observations:
Depth of Surface Water:
Depth to Free Water in Pit:
Depth to Saturated Solt:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators
Primary Indicators:
Inundated
Saturated In Upper 12 Inches
_ Water Marks
_ Oritt Lines
_ Sediment Deposits
— Drainage Patterns in Wetlands
Secondary indicators (2 or more required):
(in.) Oxidized Root Channels In Upper 12 Inches
Water -Stained Leaves
'l (in) Local Solt Survey Data
FAC-Neutral Test
*; 1� (in.) _ Other (F)�ptain in Remarks)
Remarks: /��'B� {a%f ����1 r'.4�� /� f E"3'1>f I�r Mcyj dC?t"� tr►�C.
SODS
Map Unit Name
(Series and Phase): Drainage Class:C70iU�fGL r
Field Observations
Taxorrorny (Subgrxwp�: Contirtn Ma T ? Yes No
.... iD." ...Yid.......
Prork DescriSgions,
Depth
finches) Horizon
Matrix Color
_ (Munsetl Moil
Mottle Colors
(Mansell Moist)
Mottle
Texture, Concretions, Structure.,_elc.
�Abundance/Conlrast
_
Hydric Soil Indicators
Hlstosol
Histic Epfpedon
Sulrxtic Odor
Aquic Moisture Regime
32�Reducing Conditions
Gleyed or Low-Chroma Co?ors
Remarks:
WETLAND DETERMINATION
Concretions
High Organic Content in Surface Layer In Sandy Soils
Organic Streaking In Sandy Soils
Listed on Local Hydric Soils List
Listed on National Hydric Soils List
Other (Explain In Remarks)
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? No (Circle) (Circle)
Wetland Hydrology Present? No
Hydric Solis Pncsent? Yes No is this sampling point within a wetland? Yes No
Remarks:
rV-P�t I G✓ '% o f ��r P �.v/��it r'M of
!-f
• 4
Ucr1 r tiles ,iP cr Y'i'1
Approved by HQUSACE 3/92
DATA FCRM
ROUTINE WETLAND DETERMINATION
(1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual)
ProjecVSite: j�L��/Q`�P'/01r� f� Date:'I I��`//
Applicant/Owner: C � \ R&n 1o'County _ ,F
Investi ator s ' State: // rGV
"
Do normal circumstances exist on site? Yes No Community ID:
Is the site significantty disturbed (atypical skualion)7 Yes Transect ID: Is the area a potential problem areal (if needed, explain on reyerse.) Yes ro P1at ID: S P —
VEGETATION
Dominant Plant Species
Stratum
Indicator
Dominant Plant Species Stratum Indicator
/o
2.a�lclr rr S
F Cry/
1a.
�i
3.ltii��u� rSflllO f fO n
_:S
A��f
a.tAd r -1t" IA utli 2
rL
12.
IT
s
6. GilFLiM r,Ia.C'c4aIr �! -
14.
7._ 16 Ucr /0 5
8.
16.
' Domrnant Sae....
Percent of dominant species that are OBL. FACW or FAC (excluding FAC-). — Y
Remarks: Ply" ) to rx JtT V V e'5 VC
HYDROLOGY
Recorded Data (Describe in Remarks):
Wetland Hydrology Indicators
_ Stream, Lake, or Tide Gauge
Primary Indicators'
Aerial Photographs
Inundated
Other
/N,
_
_ Saturated in Upper 12 Inches
Water Marks
_ Recorded Data Available
_� Drill Lines
_ Sediment Deposits
Drainage Pattems In Wetlands
Fleld Observations:
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required):
Depth of Surface Water.
(Sn.)
_ Oxidized Roct Channels In Upper 12 Inches
_ Water -Stained Leaves
Depth to Free Water in Pit:
(in.)
_ Local Sail Survey Data
_ FAC-Neutral Test
Depth to Saturated Soll:
(in-)
_ Other (Explain in Remarks)
Remarks: p f\%�il�Q{/c dl
I �
y
SOILS
Map Unit Name ,t jF I! C
(series and Phase): fir' �4." I ?/Gt Drainage Class: r tf G��flCar'
Field Observations
TaYonConfirm Mapped Type? Yes No
Profile Descriptions:
Depth Matra Color Mottle Colors Monte
O-I6 0),g-3
Hydric Sal Indicators:
Hlstosot
HisW Eplpedon
Sutfidic Odor
Aquic Moisture Regime
Reducing Conditions
Gleyed or Low-Chroma Color;
Remarks: 'Vo X14(C Sa-,A/ / C471r-9
WETLAND DETERMINATION
T,
�raJell �oaM
etc.
Concretions
High Organic Content in Surface Layer in Sandy Soils
Organic Streaking to Sandy Soils
Listed on Local Hydric Soils List
Usted on National Hydric Soils List
Other (Explain In Remarks)
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes (Circle) prcke)
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes
Hydric Soils Present? ' Yes o Is this sampting point within a wetland? Yes Nv
Remarks- r/ fu %¢411. V �G a q
Approved by HOUSACE X92
r
DATA FORM
ROUTINE WETLAND DETERMINATION
(1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual)
/ r '
Project/Sile:_......�51 Date:
Apptican(10"ec C11,11 County. /v
lnvestiat4r(s�: State: W___� .�
Do nonnat circumstances exist on site? Yes No Community ID: &'
Is the site significantly disturbed (atypical situation)? Yes No Transect ID:
Is the area a potential orWem area? of needed, explain on reverse.) Yes ( No Plol 10: 3 r r
Dominant Plant SDeeccies
Stratum Indicatto/r/
Dominant Plant Species Stratum Indicator
{/
2-
14.
3.
11.
4-
12.
S.
13.
6-
14.
7.
15
a.
1
16,
Dominant Species
........................ ....................
........................................
•--------.-.-..-.......-....-----------------------------....-...........................................
Percent of dominant species that are 06L FACW or FA0 excludin FAC- .
Remarks: F r r �t �c f �, —
rc
HYDROLOGY
Recorded Data (Describe in Remarks):
Stream, Lake, or "fide Gauge
— Aerial Photographs
_ Other
V Na Recorded Data Available
Field Observations:
Depth of Surface Water:
Depth to Free Water in Pit:
Depth to Saturated Solt:
Welland Hydrology indicators
t
Primary Indicators:
_ Inundated
7�Saturated in Upper 12 Inches
Water Marks
_ Drift Lines
_ Sediment DeposRs
Drainage Patterns in Wetlands
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required):
_ Oxidized Root Channels In Upper 12 Inches
Water -Stained Leaves
Local Soil Survey Data
FAC-Neutral Test
_ Other (Explain In Remarks)
Remarks' F{ LC � 0
SOILS
?Aap Unit Name
(series and Phase): �f .r • ! t i t �. f FsY :! — _ Drainage Class i' .' .' � U-t voe
Field Observations
Taxonomy (Su6groUp�; Confirm Mapped Type? Yes No
Profile —Descriptions:
Depth Matra Color Mottle Colors Mottle
inches) Horizon (Mansell Mois1) (Mansell Moist) Abunc
Hydric Soil Indicators:
Hlstosoi
Histic Epipedon
Sulfidic Odor
Aquic Moisture Regime
Reducing Conditions
ate- Gleyed or Low-Chroma Colors
Remarks:
WETLAND DETERMINATION
Te)ture. Concretions
Concretions
High Organic Content In Surface Layer in Sandy Soils
Organic Strealdng In Sandy Soils
Listed on Local Hydric Soils List
Listed on National Hydric Soils List
Other (Explain In Remarkr)
Hydrophybe Vegetation Present? No (Circle) (Circle)
Wetland Hydrology Present? No
Hydric Soils Present? ' es No Is this sampling point within a wetland7 Yes No
Remarks:
y[ �i
Approved by HQUSACE 3/92
DATA FORM
ROUTINE WETLAND DETERMINATION
(1987 GOE Wetlands Detineation Manual)
ProjecUSite: _ �� ! Date: `D J
Applicanl/Owner: ti +� County. ! �
Investir�ator(s];, �- state: VV p
Do normal circumstanczs exist on site? No Community ID: _ Z, I Z_
Is the site significantly disturbed (atypical situation)? Yes -Na Transect lD: Is the area a potential problem area? (if needed. explain on reverse.) Yes no 1 Plot ID: -5-P ~ 4
VEGETATION
Dominant Plan_t/SSpecies_ Stratum Indicator
Dominant Plant Species Stratum Indicator
9.
3.
t1.
4.
12.
G.
14,
7.
t 5.
8.
16.
' Domrnanf Species �i �.P �1 ':' •
i��.' f rJ� a�i/3i�
.................. ..............................--,-...------r�...-•------------------�..
Percent of dominant species that are 08L FAGW
........ ....-_�
or FAC excludnc- FAC- .
.,....-...-------------........,.........................................................
d
Remarks: f� !� �fr?'� / rG�2f.�,_
HYDROLOGY
Recorded Data (Describe in Remarks):
Stream, Lake. or Tide Gauge
Aerial Photographs
Other
IN. Recorded Data Available
Field Observations:
Depth of Surface Water:
Depth to Free Water in Pit:
Depth to Saturated Soil:
Remarks_/V & �r/ "I }' j
� r F
Wetland Hydrology Indicators
Primary Indicators:
Inundated
Saturated in Upper 12 Inches
—Water Marks
Drill tines
Sediment Depostls
Drainage Patterns in Wetlands
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required):
_ Oxidized Root Channels in Upper 12 Inches
_ Water -Stained Leaves
_ Local Soil Survey Data
FAC-Neutral Test
_ Other (Explain in Remarks)
SOILS
Map Unit Name J
(Series and Phase): )Pg &7 je; r t i rMf _ _ Drainage Class: aig
Field Observations
Taxonomy (Subgroup: Confirm Ma��sed Type? _Yes No
Profile Descriatfons:
Matrat Color Mottle Colors Mottle
) 0 yp- 113
Hydric Soil indicators:
Hlstosd
Histic Eplpedon
Suffrdic Odor
Aquic Moisture Regime
Reducing Conditions
Gleyed or Law-Chroma Colors
Remarks:r% J [- // ,
WETLAND DETERMINATION
j low 44
Concretions
High Organic Content in Surface Layer In Sandy Soils
Organic Strealdng In Sandy Soils
Listed on Local Hydric Soils List
Listed on National Hydric Solis List
Other (Explain In Remarks)
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes (Circle) (Circle)
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes
Hydric Soils Present? Yes Na Is this sampling point within a wetland? Yes No
Remarks-O,'I( GfL1� 6/f° ` G�{f !A. /�",e�Gp:� R / C0I
Vas I V ti1 /a�r��/• .�
Approved by HQUSACE 3/92
DATA FORM
ROUTINE WETLAND DETERMINATION
(1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual)
Project/Sde: Jin) I f f�J./ lam t - ' !� _�'lfsr � Dale:
Applicant/Owner: / County.
InvestState: igator{s�;� J�u Do normal circumstances exist on site? Yes No Community 10:
Is the site significantly disturbed (atypical situation)? Yes SN Transect tD:
is the area a oatentiat problem area7 (€f needed, explain on reverse.) Yes Plot ID: f�
LfLxKAVIldraW
Dominant Plant Species
Stratum
Indicator
Dominant Plant Species Stratum Indicator
1,FAaaris(?a
CW
s.
iLt",LtaCZ
2.
10,
3.
11.
4.
12.
5.
13,
6.
14,
7.
15.
8.
16.
iaomrnant Species
............................—................ ............
...-.................................
--...........------....---------...............................................................,..-....--.....
Percent of dominant species that are 08L, FACW or
c
FAC (excludirr FAC-). o C a
� r
Remarks:�f,rl f Y, r• 4( C� L f ,
0 V- �
� A�
HYDROLOGY
Recorded Data (Describe in Remarks):
Stream, Lake, or Tide Gauge
Aerial Photographs
/_ Other
N, Recorded Data Available
Field Observations:
Depth of Surface Water.
Depth to Free Water in Pit:
� (in-)
Depth to Saturated Soil:
aC (in.)
Wetland Hydrology Indicators
Primary Indicators:
Inundated
aturated in Upper 12 Inches
Water Marks
_ Drift Lines
_ Sediment Deposits
Drainage Patterns in Wetlands
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required):
Oxidized Root Channels In Upper 12 Inches
Water -Stained Leaves
_ Local Sol[ Survey Data
_ FAC-Neutral Test
Other (E)qDlain in Remarks)
Remarks:
SOILS
Map Unit Name /y
(Series and Phase): li/! _ ,�17_ _ Drainage Class: C�►/
Field Observations
Taxonorn 5u rou Confirm Mapped Type? Yes No
......._.. ...........
ProMe_Uescriptions:
Depth
o- )
Matrix Color Mottle Colors Mottle
Horizon (Munsetl Moist) (Munsell Moist) Abundanc.&Contrast
Hydric soil Indicators
Hlstosol
Hisbc Epipedon
Sulb6c Odor
Aquic Moisture Regime
Reducing Conditions
Gleyed or Low-Chrorna Colors
Remarks:
WETLAND DETERMINATION
etc.
Concretions
Nigh Organic Content In Surface layer In Sandy Soils
Organic Streaking fin Sandy Soils
Listed on Local Hydric Soils list
Listed on National Hydric Sods List
Other (Explain In Remarks)
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? 1 No (Circle) I (Circle)
Wetland Hydrology Present? No
Hydric Soils Present? " Yes No is this sampling point within a wetland? Yes No
Remarks:}l94�fos�j� f� ,
14 i 4Ki v e V", -
Approved by HQUSACE 3/92
DATA FORM
ROUTINE WETLAND DETERMINATION
(1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual)
Project/Site- J W/ T (_ ��'fi J` '� �t/u Date:/ I — P
ApplicanUOwner: ! r c l� fir ( D^/1 - -- - — County. tom- l
Do normal circumstances exist on site? Y No Community ID:
Is the site significantly disturbed (atypical situation)? Yes N Transect 10:
Is the area a potential wahlom area? {If needed, explain on reverse.) Yes / N(ib Plot ID: �s ]-' r
VEGETATION
Dominant Plant Species Stratum Indicator
Dominant Plant S ies Stratum Indicator
2. ',� r - f.�,., ,
10,
•4.
12.
5,
13.
6.
14,
7.
15.
• baminan� Species a .
Percent of dominant species that are OBL, FACW or FAC excluding FAC- .
RemarkS:�./�2�j
HYDROLOGY
Recorded Data (Describe in Remarks):
_ Stream. Lake, or Tide Gauge
Aerial Photographs
Other
zNo recorded Data Available
FlOd Observations:
Depih of Surface Water:
Depth to Free Water in Pit:
Depth to Saturated Soll'
Remarks: � f o
Wetland Hydrology Indicators
Primary Indicators:
_ Inundated
_ Saturated in Upper 12 Inches
_ Water Marks
_ Drift Lines
_ Sediment Deposits
Drainage Patterns in Wetlands
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required):
(in.) Oxidized Root Channels In Upper 12 Inches
Water -Stained Leaves
(in.) Local Soil Survey Data
_ FAC-Neutral Test
Other JExpWn In Remarks)
R"0 1&0
Map Unit Name y
(Series and Phase): rr4 i�l {� ��l /�� M Drainage Class: Oo Qes�fa
—
Field Observations
Taxonomy (Su6�roup�. Confirm rs,tapQed Type? Yes No
Prvrile 12escdoLons,
Depth
Hydric Soil indicators:
Matrix Color Mottle Colors Mottle
HistomA
His6c Eplpedon
Sulfidic Odor
Aquic Moisture Regime
Reducing Conditions
Gleyed or Low-Chroma Colors
WETLAND DETERMINATION
,//� Q 44
Concretions
High Organic Content in Surface Layer in Sandy Soils
Organic Strealdng In Sandy Soils
Listed on Local Hyddc Soils Us#
Listed on National Hydric Soils List
Other (Explain in Remarks)
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes (Circle) (Circle)
Welta» Hydrology Present? Yes
Hydric Soils Present? Yes Is this sampling point within a weetland? Yes Ala
Approved by HQUSACE 3192
DATA FORM
ROUTINE WETLAND DETERMINATION
(1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual)
Project/Site: - W _1L •► ff`1� f` ! !u �f �.��='�� pate. jQ ' P
Applicant/Owner: C r () County: T
tn�esligator(s�: r State: fit/
..-------••---
1
Do normal circumstances exist on site? Y No Community Ip:
Is the site signiricantly disturbed (atypical situation)? Yes o Transect 10:
Is the area a potential problem area? (1f needed, explain on reverse.)_Yes No Plot ID:
VEGETATION
Dominant Plant Species Stratum Indicator
Dominant Plant Species Stratum Indicator
r /
2_
10.
3.
it,
4.
12.
g,
13.
6.
14_
i 5.
7.
8.
i 6.
' Dominant Species
......................---........._.............................................................................................................. ._../....................... ......... ................. ........
Percent of dominant species that are 061-, FACW or FAC excludin FAC- .
iiemarks:_-
HYDROLOGY
Recorded Data (Describe in Remarks):
_ Stream, Lake, or fide Gauge
Aerial Photographs
/_ Other
No Recorded Data Available
Field Observations:
Depth of Surface Watec
Depth to Free Water in Pit:(in)
Depth to Saturated Solt: (in.)
Wetland Hydrology Indicators
Primary Indicators:
_ Inundated
,,-'Saturated in Upper 12 Inches
Water Marks
Drift tines
—_ Sediment Deposits
Drainage Patterns in Wetiands
Secondary Indicators (2 or mare required):
_ Oxidized Root Channels In Upper 12 Inches
_ Water -Stained Leaves
Local Soil Survey Data
FAC-Neutral Test
Other (E.VIain In Remarks)
'/�
Remarks=4�
f.
SOILS
Map Und Name ,,,j
(Series and Phase):Weow;,t Vf Drainage Class: _ �c'��/
Field Observations
Taxonomy (SuNrouoj: .Confirm Mapped Type? Yet No
Profile Descriptions:
E-.
Horizon
Hydric Soil Indicators:
matrix color Mottle Colors Mottle
r
x1? YX
Histosol
--Histic Epipedon -�-
Suifidic Odor
Aquic Moisture Regime
Reducing Conditions
Gleyed or Low-Chroma Colors
Remarks: ,W/ f
WETLAND DETERMINATION
T.
Concretions
High Organic Content In Surface Layer In Sandy Soils
Organic Streaking In Sandy Soils
Listed on Local Hydria Soils List
Listed on National Hydric Soils list
Other (E)Vain In Remarks)
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? No (Circle) (circle)
Wetland Hydrology Present? rx7iP No
Hydric Soils Present? ' Yes No Is this sampling point within a wetiand7 �es No
Remarks: ��' ,✓��rr 2
L
Approved by HQUSACE 3/92
DATA FORM
ROUTINE WETLAND DETERMINATION
(1987 COE Wetlands Delineation Manual)
?rojed15ile; i /� .1 !.. !� <<:�i1i. Date:
' f l
ApplicanUO vner: i . r /x1-cr County: ' rI G,
I nvestiga tor(s}; r/ Stalei/ ..._.. �
Do normal clecurnstances exist on site? Yes No Community ID:
Is the site significantly disturbed (atypical situation)? Yes r �� Transect ID:
Is the area a pollentialeroblem area? It needed. explain on reverse.) Yes N Plot 10: Sr
VEG ETATION
Dominant Plant-Se2cles Stratum
Indicator
Dominant Plant S ies
Stratum Indicator
17
/�
9.
2.�1..v
3,
i1-
4.
12.
5.
13.
6.
14.
7-
15.
g,
t 6,
' Dorrvnant Suedes
'-------------------------------.......................,..........................................---.--......................----------------.-...............................,.,.......
..................
....... ..... .----------
Percent of dominant s22cies that are OBL FACW or
FAC exctudin FAC- .
Remarks:
HYDROLOGY
Recorded Data (Describe in Remarks):
Stream, Lake, or Tide Gauge
Aerial Photographs
Other
' No Recorded Data Available
Fleld Observations:
Depth of Surface Water:
Depth to Free Water in Pit: (in.)
Depth to Saturated Soll: (in.)
Remarks:
Wetland Hydrology Indicators
Primary Indicator:
Inundated
_ Saturated in Upper 12 Inches
_ Water Marks
Drift Loes
_ Sediment Deposits
_ Drainage Patters in Wetlands
Secondary Indicators (2 or more required):
Oxidized Root Channels In Upper 12 Inches
Water-Slained Leaves
Local Soil Survey Data
FAC-Neutral Test
Other (Explain In Remarks)
Sol
Map Unit Name N)
(Series and Phase): Drainage Class:
Field Observation.
Taxonomy (Subgroup: Con._:firm Mapped eN
. .............. .... :jype� Yes ............. . o ............
Prortle- Descd2liorts:
Depth MatrEK COW Mottle Colors
Horizon
Q� — ( ors q13
Hydric Soil In,dicato(s.
Histk Eopedon
Sullidic Odor
Aquic Moisture Regime
Reducing Conditions
Gleyed or Low-Chforna Colors
Mottle
Abundance/Contrast T
IS'
etc -
Concretions
High Organic Content in Surface Layer In Sandy &AIs
Organic Strealdng In Sandy Soils
Listed on Local Hydric Soils List
Listed on National Hyddc Soils List
Other (E)T4ain In Remarks)
Remarks: t'C �Aa ,I
WETLAND DETERMINATION
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yer. rNo (Circle) (Circle)
Welland Hydrology Present? Yes
Hydric Sods Present? Yes No Is th]s sampling point within m wet:artd7 Yes No�)
Remarks:
!x
Approved by HQUSACE 3/92
Appendix B
Ecology Wetland Rating Forms
i
WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASffiNGTON
Flame of wetland known): 6 w
Location: SEC 0 TWNSHP. RNGE - attach map with outline of wetland to ratio form
.&fPerson(s) Rating Wetland: Affiliation: ADate of site visi#-p
DRAFT SUMMARY OF RATING
Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland
I II III IV
Category I = Score >70
Category B = Score 51-69
Category Ill = Score 30-50
Category N = Score < 30
Score for Water Quality Functions
Score far Hydrologic Functions
Score for Habitat Functions
TOTAL score for functions
Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland
I II Does not Apply
Fugal Category (choose the "hi ;hest" category from above)
Check the appropriate type and class of wetland being rated.
icndM MEN
Rtla a` t
Estuarine
De ressional
Natural Herita a Wetland
Riverine,
Beg
Lake -fringe
Mature Forest
Slope
Old Growth Forest
Flats
Coastal Lagoon
Freshwater Tidal
Interdunal
None of the above
Wetland Rating Form— western Washington 1 August 2004
Does the wetland being rated meet any of the criteria below?
If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland
according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland.
SP 1. Has the wetland been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed
Threatened or Endangered plant or animal species (TIE species)?
i
For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the
'�
appropriate state or federal database.
SP2. Has the wetland been documented as habitat for any State listed ?Threatened or
Endangered plant or animal species?
For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the
appropriate state database.
SPI Does the wetland contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW
for the state?
SP4. Does the wetland have a local significance in addition to its fumctions? For
example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program,
C/
the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having
special significance.
To corn lete the next part o the data sheet you will need to determine the
H drogeomor hie Class of the wetland being rated.
The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This
simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic
Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions
on classifying wetlands.
Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 2 August 2004
Classification of Vegetated Wetlands for Western Washington
Wetland Name:
Date:
1. Are the water levels in the wetland usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?
ND go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe
If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per
thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine)
If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine
wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that
were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt
Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were
categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this
revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept.
Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine
wetlands have changed (see p. ).
2. Is t e topography within the wetland flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it.
NOS go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats
f If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depression.al
wetlands.
3. Does the wetland meet both of the following criteria?
The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of open water (without any
vegetation on the surface) where at least 20 acres (8 ha) are permanently inundated
(ponded or flooded);
At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)?
No g to 4 YES —The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe)
4. Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria?
The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual),
The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually
comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct
banks.
The water leaves the wetland without being impounded?
NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in
very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks( depressions are usually
<3ft diameter and less than 1 foot deep).
NO r go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope
y'
5. Is the wetland in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from
that stream or river? The flooding should occur at least once every two years, on the average, to
answer "yes. " The wetland can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is
not flooding.
NO - go to 6 YES The wetland class is Riverine
Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 3 August 2004
6. Is the wetland in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at
some time of the year. This means that any outlet, ifpresent, is higher than the interior of the
wetland.
NO —go to 7 YES — The wetland class is Depressional
7. Is the wetland located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no stream or river
running through it and providing water. The wetland seems to be maintained by high
groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.
NO —go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depressional
8. Your wetland seems to be difficult to classify. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may
grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of
flooding along its sides. Sometimes we find characteristics of several different hydrogeomorphic
classes within one wetland boundary. Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to
use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE:
Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more
of the total area of the wetland being rated. If the area of the second class is less than 10% classify
'the wetland using the first class.
Slope + Riverine
Riverine
Slope + Depressional.
Depressional
Slope + Lake -fringe
Lake -fringe
Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary
Depressional
Depressional + Lake -fringe
Depressional
Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater
wetland
Treat as ESTUARINE under
wetlands with special
characteristics
If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to you` -wetland, or yola have
more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as,Depressional tor
the rating.
Wetland Rating Form, —western Washington 4 August 2004
I
R R 1. Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (seep. 52)
R R 1.1 Area of surface depressions within the riverine wetland that can trap
sediments during a flooding event:
Depressions cover >3/4 area of wetland points = S
Depressions cover > 112 area of wetland points = 4
Depressions present but cover < 1/2 area of wetland points = 2
No de ressions resent points z' 0
R R 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland:
Forest or shrub > 2/3 the area of the wetland points = S
Forest or shrub > 1/3 area of the wetland points = 6
Ungrazed, emergent plants > 2/3 area of wetland points
Ungrazed emergent plants > 1/3 area of wetland points = 3
Forest, shrub, and ungrazed emergent c 1/3 area of wetland points = 0
R Add the points in the boxes above,
R R 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (seep. 53)
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface
water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in
streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland? Note which of the
following conditions provide the sources of pollutants.
— Grazing in the wetland or within 150ft
— Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
--- Tilled fields or orchards within 150 feet of wetland
--- A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas,
residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland
— The river or stream linked to the wetland has a contributing basin where
human activities have raised levels of sediment, toxic compounds or
nutrients in the river water above standards for water quality multiplier
— Other
VOs' `r multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
R TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from R 1 by R 2 ,
Add score to table on .1
Comments
Wetland Rating Form— western Washington 7 August 2004
R 3. Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
R R 3.1 Characteristics of the overbank storage the wetland provides:
Estimate the average width of the wetland perpendicular to the direction of the
flow and the width of the stream or river channel (distance between banks).
Calculate the ratio: (width of wetland)l(width of stream).
If the ratio is more than 20 �_ points = 9
If the ratio is between 10 — 20 points = 6
If the ratio is 5- <10 points = 4
If the ratio is 1- <5 points = 2,,,
If the ratio is < 1
R R 3.2 Characteristics of vegetation that slow down water velocities during floods;
Treat large woody debris as `forest or shrub ". Choose the points appropriate
for the best description. f•;
Forest or shrub for >1/3 area OR Emergent plants > 2/3 area points =tf
Forest or shrub for > 1/10 area OR Emergent plants > 1/3 area points = 4
Vegetation does not meet above criteria points = 0
R Add the points in the boxes above
R R 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(seep. 57) —
Answer YES if the wetland is in a location in the watershed where the flood
storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream
property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows.
Note which of the following conditions apply.
— There are human structures and activities downstream (roads, buildings,
bridges, & ms) that can be damaged by flooding.
— There are natural resources downstream (e.g. salmon redds) that can be multiplier
damaged by flooding
— Other
(Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir
or the wetland is tidal fringe along the sides of a dike)
DES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
K
TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from R 3 by R 4
Add score to table on p. 1
Comments
Wetland Rating Form — westem Washington 8 August 2004
H 1. Does the wetland have the gotential to provide habitat for many species?
H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72)
Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin) if the class
covers more than 10% of the area of the wetland or % acre.
quatic bed
Emergent plants
Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover)
Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover)
Forested areas have 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous,
moss/ground-cover)
Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have:
4 types or more points = 4
3 types points = 2
2 types points — 0
1 tvne points � 0
H 1.2. Hydroneriods (seep. 73)
Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland The
water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % acre to count. (see text
for descriptions of hydroperiodr)
Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3
Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present 'points = 2.
],Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point 1
aturated only
Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Lake fringe wetland = 2 points
Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points
H 1.3. Richness of Plant Specie (seep. 75)
Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 fl . (different
patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold)
You do not have to name the species.
Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian
Thistle
If you counted: > 19 species points = 2
List species below f you want to: 5 - 19 species points `-
< 5 species points
Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 13 August 2004
H 1.4. Irate ersion of habitats (seep. 76)
Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between types of vegetation
.(described in H 1.1), or vegetation types and unvegetated areas (can incIude open
water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none.
A91EMb,,
i
` F' & h a a
h tl'i} •'m �I j�w- 4P',✓ v ��n �'Um•,,,y t �x
one,19, oints Lowpoint•d- points
[riparian braided channels]
High = 3 points
NOTE: If you have four or more vegetation types or three vegetation types
and open water the rating is always "high".
H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (seep. 77)
Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is
the number of points you put into the next column.
Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long).
Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland
Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation
extends at least 3.3 ft (lm) over a stream for at least 33 ft (10m)
Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for
denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present
At least 1/4 acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present
in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures far egg -laying by
amphib ians)
Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants
H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat I
Add the scores in the column above
Comments
Wetland Rating Form— western Washington 14 August 2004
H 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species?
H 2.1 Buffers (seep. 80)
Choose the description that hest represents condition of buffer of wetland. The highest
scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See textfor
definition of "undisturbed. }
---- 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
>95% of circumference. No developed areas within undisturbed part of buffer.
(relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing) Points = 5
— 100 rn (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 50% circumference. Points = 4
— 50 m (170#i) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
>95% circumference. Points = 4
— 100 m (33Oft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 25% circumference,. Points = 3
— 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, of open water
for > 50% circumference. Points = 3
If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above
--- No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland >
95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OY. Points = 2
— No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50%o circumference.
Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2
— Heavy grazing in buffer. Points =1
— Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference
/%(e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0.
—% Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points =1
H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81)
H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated
corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30%Q cover
of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other
wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian
corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the
corridor).
go to H 2.2.2
YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) Deand
H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undistuunbroken vegetated
corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 5Oft wide, has at least 30% cover of
shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands
that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an
undisturbed corridor as in the question above?
YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) O H 2.2.3
H 2.2.3 Is the wetland:
within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR
within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR
within I mi of a greater than 20 acres?
(fESt 1 point NO = 0 points
Wetland Elating Form— western Washington 15 August 2004
H 2.3 Near or adiacent to other Priority habitats listed by„WDFW (seep. 82)
Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland?
(s text for a more detailed description of these priority habitats)
2�4Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains
elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems_ which mutually influence each other.
Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.8 ha (2 acres).
Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.
OId-growth forests: (Old -growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree
species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at
least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age.
Mature forests: Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown
cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay,
decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally
less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.
Prairies: Relatively undisturbed areas (as indicated by dominance of native plants)
where grasses and/or forbs form the natural climax plant community.
Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 -
6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap
slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs.
Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected
passages
Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations
where canopy coverage of the oak component of the stand is 25%.
Urban Natural Open Space: A priority species resides within or is adjacent to the
open space and uses it for breeding and/or regular feeding; and/or the open space
functions as a corridor connecting other priority habitats, especially those that p
would otherwise be isolated; and/or the open space is an isolated remnant of natural
habitat larger than 4 ha (10 acres) and is surrounded by urban development.
Estuary/Estuary-like: Deepwater tidal habitats and adjacent tidal wetlands, usually
semi -enclosed by land but with open, partly obstructed or sporadic access to the
open ocean, and in which ocean water is at least occasionally diluted by freshwater
runoff from the land. The salinity may be periodically increased above that of the
open ocean by evaporation. Along some low -energy coastlines there is appreciable
dilution of sea water. Estuarine habitat extends upstream and landward to where
ocean -derived salts measure less than 0.5ppt. during the period of average annual
low flow. Includes both estuaries and lagoons.
Marine/Estuarine Shorelines: Shorelines include the intertidal and subtidal zones
of beaches, and may also include the backshore and adjacent components of the
terrestrial landscape (e.g., cliffs, snags, mature trees, dunes, meadows) that are
important to shoreline associated fish and wildlife and that contribute to shoreline
function (e.g., sand/rock/log recruitment, nutrient contribution, erosion control).
If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points
If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points
If wetland has 1 priority habitat =1 point No habitats = 0 points
Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 16 August 2004
H 2.4 Wetland Landsca a (choose the one description of the landscape around the
wetland that bestfits) (seep. 84)
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, and the connections between them
are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with
some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields,
or other development. points = 5
The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with Iittle disturbance and there are 3 other lake -
fringe wetlands within %2 mile points = 5
There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, BUT the connections between,
are disturbed points
The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -
fringe wetland within 1/2 mile points = 3
There is at least 1 wetland within %2 mile. points = 2
There are no wetlands within 1/2 mile. points = 0
H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat
I Add the scores in the column above
Total Score for Habitat Functions — add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on
Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 17 August 2004
Appendix C
GEQTECHNICAL REPORT
GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
SW 30h Street/Springbrook Creek
Culvert Improvement Project
HWA Project No. 2005.043-21
Prepared for
R.W. Beck
October 14, 2005
=11 HWA EOSCIENCES INC.
HWA GEOSCI ENCES INC.
Geotechnical Engineering • Hytlrgreolo,r
October 14, 2005
H WA Pre j eet No. 2005-043-21
R.W. Seek, Inc.
100 Fourth Avenue, Suite 2500
Seattle, Washington 98154-1004
Attention: Mr. Michael S. Giseburt, P.E.
Subject: GEQTECHN[CAL REPoRT
SW 34`6 Street/Sprinabrook Creek Calvert Improvement Project
City of Renton, Washington
Dear Mr. Giseburt:
Attached is our final geotechnical report for the SW 34`h Street/Springbrook Creek
Culvert Improvement Project_ This report presents the results of our-geotechnical
investigation and provides our recommendations for design and construction of the
replacement culvert. The report also addresses review commentary and questions that
were submitted to and discussed with Mr. Brian Hall of our office and me.
We trust this final report satisfies your geotechnical design requirements, and appreciate
the opportunity to provide geotechnical services on this project. However, if you have
any additional questions or if we may be of further assistance, please contact us at your
convenience.
Sincerely,
HWA GEOSCIENCES INC.
Lorne Balanko, P.E.
Geotechnical EnbrineenTrincipal
97'() - (A th Avenue W-
Suite ?00
n.nu fm[i, WA 9806-5957
'Yet: 423.774-0106
Fax- 4.25,774-2714
ww,..h WRgeasciencei:coxa
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1.0
IN'iRODUCTION...........................................................................................................1
1.1
GENERAL......................................................................................
...............1
1.2
PROJECT UNDER -STANDING ............................................................................1
1.3
SCOPE OF SERVICES AND AUTIIORizAmN....................................................2
2.0
FIELD AND LABORATORY INVESTIGATIONS...............................................................2
2.1
FIELD INwsTIGATIDN...................................................................................2
2.2
LABORATORY TESTING.................................................................................3
3.0
GE.OLOGIC AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS................................................................3
3.1
SITE DESCRIPTION.........................................................................................3
3.2
GENERAL GEOLOGY ......................................................................................3
3.3
SOILS AND GROUND WATER.........................................................................4
4.0
CONCLUSIONS AND R.ECOM24ENDATIONS..................................................................4
4.1
GENERAL........................................................................................
4
4.2
SEISMIC DESIGN RECONIMENDATIONS...........................................................6
4.2.1 Seismic Parameters ....... ....................................
................. ............ 6
4.2.2 Liquefaction Considerations..........................................................6
4.3
FOUNDATIONS...............................................................................................8
4.3.1 Three -sided Concrete Box Culvert
................................................8
4.3.2 Four-sided Concrete Box Culvert.........
.........................................9
4.3.3 Estimated Settlement.....................................................................9
4.3.3.1 Seismic Considerations....................................................9
4-3.3.2 Static Considerations.— .................................................... 10
4.4
LATERAL EARTH CRESsUREs.........................................................................10
4.5
BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND C01APACTION....................................................1
1
4.6
EXCAVATION STABII. FY AND SHORING........................................................12
4.6.1 General..........................................................................................12
4.6.2 Open Excavations..........................................................................12
4.6.3 Shoring..........................................................................................13
4.7
WATER CONTROL..........................................................................................13
4.8
WET WEATHER EARTIhv'QRK........................................................................14
4.9
EROSION CONSIDERATIONS...........................................................................15
5.0
CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS ................... ...............................................
I ...... ..,.....15
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Vicinity Map
Figure 2. Site and Exploration Plan
Appendices
Appendix A: Explorations
Figure A-1. Legend of Terms and Symbols Used on Exploration Logs
Figure A-2 and A-3. Logs of Borings BH-1 and BH-2
Appendix B: Laboratory Test Results
Figure B-1 and B-2. Grain Size Distribution Test Result
Figure B-3. Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils
Figure B-4. One Dimensional Consolidation Properties of Soil
GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
SW 34"" STREET/SPRINGBROOK CREEK CULVERT IMTROVEMENT PROJECT
CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 GENERAL
This report presents the results of a geoteehnieal engineering study completed by HWA
GeoSciences Inc. {HWA} for the planned replacement of the four existing, 72-inch, CMP
culverts on Springbrook Creek at SW 34" Street in the City of Renton (City),
Washington. The objective of our work was to investigate foundation conditions, and
provide geotechnical recommendations for design and construction of the replacement
culvert_
1.2 PROJECT UNDERSTANDING
Project location is shown on the Vicinity Map, Figure 1, and general site layout is shown
on the Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2.
Based on discussions with you and information provided to date, we understand the City
plans to remove the existing culverts and replace them with a three -sided concrete box
culvert. At this time, we have been advised that two options exist for the replacement
culvert; Option I consists of two side -by -side, 30-Moot width each, by 8-feet high, three -
sided box sections. Option 2 consists of a single, 34-foot wide by 11-foot high box
section. Although design details of the new culverts are not yet available, we understand
that the streambed invert elevation within the new culvert will approximately match that
of the existing culverts. After culvert replacement, the top of pavement will new to be
raised about 1.5 and 2.7 feet to provide sufficient cover for Options 1 and 2, respectively.
Several utilities are also shown on the plans, Existing 36-inch and 64-inch diameter
storm sewers parallel the north side of the road and discharge into the creek on the west
and east sides of the crossing, respectively, near the outer limits of the existing culverts.
On the current survey plan, their discharge invert elevations are shown as 7.6 and 8.4 feet,
respectively. An 8-inch PVC storm drain is shown to extend from the south curb line
across the road to the north, roughly parallel to the eastern -most existing culvert. This
may need to be removed and reconstructed depending on which option is selected. Based
on the as -built plans, it appears the existing culverts were installed in late 1981 to early
1982.
1.3 SCOPE OF SERVICES AND AUTHORIZATION
Our work was conducted in accordancewith our Geotechnical Work Scope and Cost,
submitted to R. W. Beek on March 2, 2005. The work was authorized under a
Subconsultant Agreement between the R. W. Beck and HWA, executed on or about April
18, 2005. Our scope of work completed for this project included performing two
exploratory borings at the site, laboratory testing, engineering analysis based on the
conditions observed in our explorations, and providing geotechnical engineering
recommendations for the proposed replacement culvert. Because of the potential for
contaminants in the near -surface soils at the crossing location, environmental sampling
and testing of soil samples was also performed as part of the project scope. Results of
this testing are, however, presented in a separate letter report.
2.0 FIELD AND LABORATORY INVESTIGATIONS
2.1 FIELD II`'VESTIGATION
On April 18, 2005, HWA performed a subsurface exploration program that included
drilling two exploratory borings (designated BH-I and BH-2) to depths of 61.5 feet each
below existing grades. The drilling was subcontracted to Holocene Drilling of Fife,
Washington. The borings were advanced using a truck -mounted drill rig employing a
hollow -stem auger. The boring locations were determined approximately in the field by
pacing and taping distances from existing site features. The borings were tied -in in the
follow-up site survey and their locations are plotted on Figure 2.
A geologist from HWA logged the explorations and recorded pertinent information
including sample depths, stratigraphy, soil engineering characteristics, and ground water
occurrence. Standard Penetration Test (SPT) sampling was performed using a 2-inch
outside diameter split -spoon sampler and a I40-pound auto-ha>niner. During a SPT test,
a sample is obtained by driving the sampler 18 inches into the soil with the hammer
free -falling 30 inches. The number of blows required for each 6 inches of penetration is
recorded. The Standard Penetration Resistance ("N-value") of the soil is calculated as the
number of blows required for the final 12 inches of penetration. This resistance, or
N-value, provides an indication of relative density of granular soils and the relative
consistency of cohesive soils.
Soil samples were classified in the field and representative portions placed in plastic bags.
These soil samples were returned to our laboratory for further examination and testing.
The sampled soils were classified in general accordance with the classification system
described in Appendix A on Figure A-1- A key to the boring log symbols is also
presented in Figure A -I . The boring logs are presented as Figures A-2 and A-3, and
should be referenced for specific subsurface details at the boring locations. However, the
SW 34th St.-Springbrook Ck Report Final (10-14-05).doc 2 HWA GeoSciences Inc.
stratigraphic contacts shown on the logs represent the inferred boundaries between soil
types, and may be gradational in nature and much less distinct than represented.
2.2 LABORAToRy TESTING
Laboratory tests were conducted on selected samples obtained from the borings to
characterize relevant engineering properties of the site soils. Laboratory tests included
determination of in -situ moisture content, particle size analyses, Atterberg Limits of
subsurface soil deposits, and a one-dimensional consolidation test on a representative
sample of compressible soils encountered at depth. Moisture content test results are
presented on the exploration logs, and particle size analyses are given in Figures B-1 and
B-2, in Appendix B. Figure B-3 presents the result of an Atterberg Limit test on a fine-
grained soil sample of the subsurface deposits. The consolidation test results are
presented on Figure B-4.
3.0 GEOLOGIC AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
3.1 SITE DESCRIPTION
The project site is located on flat -lying land close to the south City limits. This segment
of SW 34`h Street connects Oaksdale Avenue SW and Lind Avenue SW, and is
immediately west of the East Valley Highway. The existing roadway is four -lane with
curb and gutter and sidewalks on both sides. Pavement conditions appear to be relatively
good at present.
Springbrook Creek in this area flows in the base of a wide linear channel, likely widened
many years ago as part of drainage improvement works by King County Drainage
District No. 1. The vegetation surrounding the channel appears to be relatively sparse
comprising grasses and weeds, with some shrubbery immediately adjacent to the outlet
end of the crossing. Surrounding land use is mainly commercial and light industrial.
3.2 GENERAL GEOLOGY
Geologic information for the site was obtained from the Geologic Map of the Renton
Quadrangle, King County, Washington (Mullineaux, D. R., 1965). The map indicates
that the area is generally underlain by lacustrine peat deposits over alluvium comprising
unconsolidated sand, silt and clay, deposited by the White and Green Rivers before
diversion of the White River to the south in 1906. Curvilinear channel gravels and
abandoned channels also occur. Accordinb to the mapping, the peat is typically very soft,
and may compress to 10% of original volume when loaded.
SW 34th St.-Springhroek Ck Report Final {10-14-05.}.rdir j HWA Uec)5cim(;4 lne.
3.3 SOILS AND GROUND WATER
The borings encountered approximately 4.5 feet of fill over organic silt (peat) to a depth
of 9 to 9.5 feet, which in turn lie over alternating layers of sand and silt alluviums.
The fill in BH-1, below a surface asphaltic concrete pavement layer of some 3 inches
thickness, consisted mainly of medium dense, medium to coarse sandy, fine to coarse
gravel pit -run material. This fill was observed to have been placed directly on the
underlying organic silt/peat. In 1311-2, which was off the roadway surface in the shoulder
area, sod over loose, fine to medium, sand fill was encountered. In this location the
organic silt/peat was interbedded with thin layers of silt and fine sand alluvium.
The alluvium underlying the upper peat is variable. The alluvial layers encountered
generally consisted of loose and medium dense fine to medium sand, and loose to
medium dense silty sand, soft sandy silt; and very soft gray silt. At depths of about 32
feet 13H-1 and 23 feet in BH-2, shell fragments suggest the presence of estuarine deposits.
These estuarine deposits comprise loose to very loose/soft to very soft fine sandy silt and
plastic silt materials. In some cases, the silt was so soft that the SPT sampler penetrated
under its own weight. In view of our field observations and test results, it is believed that
the subsurface soils at the site are normally consolidated. Hence, any net increase in
loading of these deposits, as a consequence of culvert reconstruction, will result in
consolidation of the underlying soils and settlement.
Immediately after drilling, ground water was observed at a depth of about 10 feet in BH-
1, and was not recorded in BH-2. However, observations of water levels during drilling
can be misleading. Actual ground water levels are often higher than those observed in a
boring, because borings are typically open only for a short time, and the auger used to
advance the boring can smear the side of the hole inhibiting seepage. The ground water
elevation reported on the boring log is for the specific date and location indicated and,
therefore, may not be indicative of other times and/or locations. We anticipate that
ground water elevations will vary depending on the season, local subsurface conditions,
and creek water level, which was around the mid -depth of the culverts, and would
correspond roughly with about El. 11 feet, or some 7 feet below road surface at the time
of the investigation. For design and construction purposes, the prevailing ground water
level should be taken to be the same as the creek level at any given point in time.
4.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
4.1 GENERAL
The investigation encountered about 4.5 feet of fill over soft organic silt/peat extending to
about EI. 8.5 to 9 feet, over alternating layers of very loose ranging to medium dense sand
and very soft to soft silt alluvium. Very soft estuarine deposits were noted at depth below
SW 34th St.-Spring6rnnk Ck Repud Final (10-14-05).doc 4 H WA GeoSciences Inc.
the alluvium and extend to the full penetration depth of the exploration borings. The sand
alluvium is both variable and potentially liquefiable. The deep silt alluvium and estuarine
silt is soft to very soft, of very low strength and is compressible under any increased
loading that might be generated by placement of additional fill or heavy structures above
the material.
Based on our investigation, the following culvert solutions have been considered and
evaluated in this report:
• Three -sided Concrete Box Culvert; Because of the potentially liquefiable sandy
soils at and below the likely founding elevation, such a culvert should ideally be
founded on pile foundations to prevent potential future damage. However, piles
are not considered cost-effective for this site due the substantial depths of
liquefiable soils and the lack of a suitable bearing zone at shallow depth below
the site. The negative skin friction and downdrag that would be potentially
generated during a seismic event would necessitate extremely long piles to
provide for even modest load capacity. Accordingly, if a three -sided box culvert
section is employed, it will need to be founded on footings supported in turn on a
prepared pad. The pad will need to comprise compacted granular or control
density fill (CDF), which we prefer for this application. If this approach is
adopted, however, some damage following a design seismic event, due to
differential settlement of the culvert sections, should be anticipated and potential
repair costs incorporated into long-range maintenance considerations for the
facility.
• Four-sided Concrete Box Culvert. Such a culvert structure will effectively
incoporate a mat foundation and will be able to accommodate long-term
settlement and more readily resist liquefaction impacts during a major seismic
event. Additionally, given the reduced bearing pressure contributed by this type
of structure, lesser base preparation will be required.
The following construction aspects will play a significant role in the culvert construction,
if shallow foundations are provided:
Excavation Support: Excavation is required through fill and soft organic soils in close
proximity to utilities. Measures are required to support the excavation, and particularly
limit disturbance to the adjoining utilities.
Water: Ground and surface runoff water control will play a large role during preparation
of the foundation. For construction of footings within open excavations, bypass pumping
of creek flows will be required. Dewatering is also required to lower the ground water
level so that the excavation and subgrade preparation can be performed under relatively
dry conditions. However, we anticipate that if the ground water is lowered more than
SW 34th St.-Springbrook Ck Reym Final( I O-14-05).doc: 5 HWA GeoSciences Inc.
about 7 to 10 feet below current elevations for significant periods, settlement of the
existing sewers and nearby facilities could occur.
4.2 SEIsmic DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
4.2.1 Seismic Parameters
Buried culverts are typically not required to be designed to seismic design standards
(AASHTO, 1996). However, it is possible that consideration might be given to treatment
of the replacement box section as a bridge and seismic design parameters for the site are,
therefore, provided herein.
Per AASHTO design guidelines (AASHTO, 1996), the acceleration coefficient, A,
applicable for design purposes is that which is generated by an earthquake.with a
10 percent probability of exceedance in a 50 year period, or a 1 in 475 year return
interval. Data available for the USGS through their Earthquake Hazards Program
Website, indicates that the appropriate A value for this site is 0.322g. Our investigation
observations indicate that the site can be characterized by a Type IV soil profile and we
recommend a Site Coefficient (S) of 2.0 for this project.
4.2.2 Liquefaction Considerations
Our liquefaction analyses, based on cyclic stress ratio concepts developed by Seed and
Idriss (Seed, H.B,, Idriss, I.M., 1982), indicate that a substantial zone of liquefaction will
occur in the site soils below about El. 9 feet at the location of both borings. The
combined thickness of anticipated liquefiable materials, however, ranges widely from
about 24 feet at BH-1 to 6 feet at BH-2. In the latter case, substantially lesser thickness
of clean sand was observed in this boring on the west side of the crossing. Only the silt
layers are considered to be unlikely to liquefy during a design (i.e. 1 in 475 year) seismic
event, due either to their very high fines content and/or inherent plasticity characteristics.
Based on information available from the as -built and current survey plans, it is
anticipated that the new culvert will have an invert level of the order of El. 8 feet. The
foundation system may be 1.5 to 2 feet lower, i.e. El. 6.5 to 6 feet, thereby, being within
the top of the potentially liquefiable zone.
Empirical relationships suggest that volumetric strains associated with soil liquefaction at
this site may be on the order of 1.5 to 3.5 percent, dependent on variability of soil
conditions. Conservatively assuming that soil confinement at depth will limit lateral
straining, the estimated vertical displacements associated with liquefaction may range
from as little as about 1 inch to upwards of 10 inches below the culvert -crossing site,
assuming the best and worst case situations. However, it is our view that the
liquefaction -induced settlements are likely to be significantly less than the upper bound
SW 34th St.-Sprirtghrook Ck Report Final (14-14-45).doc 6 HWA Geosciences Inc.
estimate, and the differential settlements, as suggested by conditions at the borings, are
also likely to be significantly less. We are of the opinion that liquefaction -induced
settlement of the culvert would entail some subsidence of the culvert invert profile with
probable sagging introduced beneath the center of the embankment, and some rotation in
the direction of BH-1 to the east. This could be accompanied by cracking of the culvert
section, which we anticipate would be greater for the three -sided box alternative, but loss
of hydraulic serviceability due to collapse would not be expected. While settlements at
the culvert location may occur as a consequence of liquefaction, it is probable that
adjoining soils are similar to those noted at the boring locations, and will likely also
experience some degree of settlement (i.e. more or less than the culvert location). Thus,
settlement won't be isolated to the culvert crossing itself and its impact will tend to be
less pronounced overall.
Lateral spreading of the soils comprising the creek banks is probable during the design
seismic event, inasmuch as the top of the liquefiable zone is near .or within the base of the
channel banks. However, at the crossing location, the roadway embankment and
culvert/bridge will locally buttress the banks against sliding/spreading. Design forces
that will be transferred to the structure can be determined from the lateral earth pressure
recommendations provided in Section 4.4 of this report.
Mitigation measures to deal with liquefaction issues are typically expensive and may not
be particularly suited to this site. For example, stone columns are commonly employed
for ground densification purposes and relief of excess hydrostatic pressures that occur
during seismic events, but would have to be installed in the creek channel to be effective.
Typically, stone column installation can generate substantial sediment that would have to
be removed from the treated area and not be allowed to enter the creek, Prefabricated
wick drains might also be employed to reduce excess hydrostatic pressures, but would
have to be installed on a very tight spacing to be effective. Since these installations
would also allow movement of water in the reverse direction, creek flow directly into
subsurface soil units may be an issue that would need to be evaluated with regard to
potential adverse environmental impacts. Driving of untreated green timber piles on
close spacing is another method of ground densification that is commonly employed. In
this case, ground treatment work would again have to extend into the creek.
Lastly, the replacement culvert might be supported on piles that would be capable of
resisting downdrag effects associated with soil liquefaction and settlement. The
downdrag effects result in a downward friction force on the piles as the soils around the
piles settle relative to the piles. Therefore, the pile system needs to be capable of
supporting the design load as well as downdrag forces, Consequently these piles would
have to be very long and costly. In addition. deep exploration work would be necessary
to evaluate their design requirements.
HWA has recently conducted geotechnicat investigations for two culverts upstream on
5pringbrook Creek for the City of Kent, The culverts are located at South 192nd Street
SW 34th St.-Sprinbbrook Ck Report Final (14-14-05).doc 7 HWA GcoSciences inc-
(CMP culvert with span of about 12 feet), and South 188th Street (CMP culvert with span
of about 22 feet). At both locations, potentially liquefiable sands were also encountered
below the anticipated founding elevation for shallow foundations. The South 192nd
culvert has been constructed and is supported on a mat of Controlled Density Fill (CDF).
Since completion of our report, the City has decided not to proceed with replacement of
the South 188th Street culvert. However, prior to that they had decided to found the
culvert on a mat of CDF, similar to that for the 192nd Street culvert, because the cost of
piling would have been excessive. For both culverts, it is understood that during a major
earthquake, the culverts could settle/tilt and they may require repair to maintain the flow
opening but that eliminating this risk by constructing the culverts on piles was not worth
the additional cost.
4.3 FouNDATrONS
4.3.1 Three -sided Concrete Box Culvert
The proposed new culvert is anticipated to be constructed on the same alignment as the
existing 4 CMP culverts, effectively straddling their current location. The existing storm
drainage facilities are likely to constrain the outlet location somewhat, unless their outlets
are also altered. Old and new culvert invert elevations are anticipated to be similar.
Existing organic silt/peat materials, and possibly old backfill materials, are anticipated to
be present near or somewhat above the proposed footing level for the new culvert. If
present, however, at footing level, we recommend that these materials be excavated from
below the culvert footprint to expose the native sand deposit below. The excavated
material should be replaced with crushed rock fill, conforming to the requirements
outlined in Section 9-03.9 (1) Ballast, of the 2004 WSDOT Standard Specifications, or
controlled density fill (CDF). A foundation material replacement thickness of 2 feet is
recommended to provide for uniform foundation support and load transfer to underlying
native soils. If crushed rock is used, the replacement fill should extend to 3 feet on either
side of the culvert and the base and sides of the excavation should be covered with a
woven geotextile. The geotextile should conform to the requirements outlined in
Section 9-33.2, Geotextile Properties, Table 3, Separation, of the 2004 WSDOT Standard
Specifications. The crushed rock should be lightly compacted by static rolling with a
small drum compactor, but, rolling should be discontinued if pumping of the pad and
underlying subgrade becomes apparent. If CDF is used, the replacement fill should
extend to.2 feet on both sides of the culvert footing and a woven geotextile is not required
because of the compressive strength of the CDF. We prefer CDF since its use prevents
disturbance to the supporting subgrade soils beneath the new culvert and its foundation
system. However, with care, either approach will result in suitable support. Regardless
of preparation methodology, the footings should be proportioned for an allowable bearing
SW 34Eh St.-Springbmok Gk Report Final (10-1445).doc 8 HWA GwSciences Inc.
pressure not exceeding 2000 pounds per square foot (psf). However, regardless of
footing pressure considerations, the minimum recommended footing width is 24 inches.
4.3.2 Four-sided Concrete Box Culvert
A 4-sided box culvert has some advantages over a three -sided concrete box culvert in that
the culvert weight and dead and live loads acting upon it can be supported over the base
slab which precludes construction of wide footings to support loads generated on the
culvert legs. Moreover, a box culvert structure is more rigid than the three -sided section
and differential settlements due to static loading and, more significantly, seismically
induced liquefaction movements can be more readily accommodated. However,
foundation edge pressures associated with the four-sided box may be greater than that
contributed by individual footings and this could give rise to the potential for greater
localized settlements.
Base preparation for the four-sided box should be similar to that for the three -sided
structure, but the depth of sub -excavation may be reduced to that which will
accommodate construction equipment and personnel without disturbance and/or
deflection of the underlying foundation soil. -We recommend that the minimum sub -
excavation depth should be at least 12 inches, and CDF is again preferred for the pad
preparation material, particularly in light of reduced thickness.
4.3.3 Estimated Settlement
4.3.3.1 Seismic Considerations
As indicated in Section 4.2.2, our borings suggest that the proposed footing elevation for
the new box culvert will be immediately above liquefiable sand, which will be incapable
of supporting much, if any, foundation loading during a design seismic event. Sub -
excavation and placement of a crushed rock fill or CDF mat for foundation support will
mitigate the effects of liquefaction to some degree, by acting as somewhat of a raft, but
will not prevent foundation settlement from occurring. Accordingly, if the structure is to
be designed to remain completely serviceable and largely undamaged after a design
seismic event, it would need to be founded on piles. As discussed previously, a deep pile
system would need to be designed for seismic considerations, will be inefficient due to
the large downdrag loading that it wiI] have to carry, and is not recommended in the
absence of further deep exploration. Even if further deep exploration is done, it is highly
likely that the required depth and/or size of piles to support the load and downdrag would
snake a pipe system not cost effective.
Rather, we recommend selection of the four-sided box alternative, if reduced deformation
and damage is to be achieved. Alternatively, if a greater risk of potential deformation
damage is considered acceptable a three -sided box founded on spread footings is feasible.
SW Nth&.-SpringbrookCk Report Nnal(t0-i4-05) doc 9 1FWA GeoSciences Inc.
It is our opinion that either culvert option, supported directly on a prepared pad., provides
a reasonable level of.risk for the type of facility under consideration. There may be some
loss of serviceability (freeboard) or need for structural repairs in the event of the design
earthquake occurrence; however, it is also possible that this could conceivably not happen
during the design life of the facility.
4.3.3.2 Static Considerations
For static conditions and the proposed increases in road grades associated with either of
the culvertreplacement options, long-term settlements are to be anticipated. In
consideration of the proposed grade changes, settlements are estimated to be of the order
of 2 inches in the center of the loaded area, and differential settlements between center
and ends of the culverts may be 50 percent of the total (or 1 inch). Option 2 with the
single replacement culvert would be anticipated to settle somewhat less than the twin
culvert option, as the loading conditions appear to result in lesser influence on the highly
compressible deposits at depth. In respect to localized loading effects under the footings,
the 4-sided box culvert is anticipated to settle less than the isolated strip footing
foundation alternative. Settlements associated with structural loading of the foundation
soils at shallow depths will be relatively quick, as it will be predominantly elastic in
nature and largely completed on backfilling of the culverts and completion of the
roadway, whereas the influence of grade raising operations will induce settlements in the
deep compressible layers and will be long-term in nature. The settlement estimates
assume that net loading due to the new structure and surrounding backfill will be
somewhat greater than current conditions, consistent with the two replacement options
indicated to us by R.W. Beck. It is to be noted that our settlement estimates have also
been based on the premise that all near surface organic silt has been removed from below
the loaded area, and would be most particularly applicable to the culvert replacement
area. If road grades are raised in areas which remain underlain by compressible organic
layers settlements could be substantially greater due to compression of these near surface
layers.
4.4 LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES
For determination of lateral earth pressure design parameters, we have assumed that the
existing embankment fill and native soils will be removed and replaced with a suitable
granular backfill. We have further assumed that the backfill adjoining the walls of the
culvert will be placed to a horizontal condition at its surface and is compacted to the
requirements provided for in Section 4.5.
On the basis of an assumed wet unit weight of 125 pef for the backfill and a friction angle
of not Iess than 35 degrees, and seismic parameters provided in Section 4.2.1, we
recommend the following equivalent fluid unit weights for design purposes.
SW 34th St.-Springbrook Ck Report Final (I0-14-05).doc 10 HWA GeoSuienu tns Inc_
Loading Condition Equivalent Fluid Unit Weight (pcf)
Active — Static (KA)
35
Active — Seismic (KAO 40
At Rest — Static (KO) 55
At Rest — Seismic (KOJ 80
Passive - Static (Kp)
460
Passive - Seismic (KPj 435
The foregoing parameters are based on fully -drained conditions. As ground water at the
culvert location is expected to fluctuate in response to the stream level, water pressures
are likely to act on portions of the structural elements. Accordingly, the buoyant unit
weight of the soil will apply below the water table and full hydrostatic pressure must be
added to that section of structure below the water table. To determine the appropriate
equivalent buoyant fluid unit weight for the above cases, multiply the above values by the
ratio of buoyant to drained unit weights (i.e. 0,50 in this case) and add 62.4 pc£
As indicated above, the lateral earth pressure parameters apply only to horizontal backfill
conditions, and will have to be increased or decreased for sloping backfill conditions. It
is also to be noted that the parameters are unfactored, and a suitable factor of safety
should be applied to the passive earth pressure values for determination of restraint
forces. In this latter regard, an allowable (FS = 1.5) coefficient of sliding resistance equal
to 0.45 is recommend between footings and underlying granular soils for determination of
sliding resistance.
4.5 BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
Crushed rock backfill should consist of materials meeting the requirements for Crushed
Surfacing Base Course, as described in Section 9-03.9(3) of the 2004 WSDOT Standard
Specifications for Road, Bridge, and funicipal Construction. Materials used to backfill
the culvert excavation should consist of Gravel Backfill for Walls, as described in
Section 9-03.12(2) of the 2004 WSDOT Standard Specifications.
During placement of the initial lifts, the backfill material should not be bulldozed into the
excavation or dropped directly on the structure. Furthermore, heavy vibratory equipment
should not be permitted to operate directly over the structure until at least 2 feet (and
possibly more, depending on the weight of the compactor) of material is present above
the crown of the culvert section, unless otherwise approved by the structural engineer.
SW 34th St.-Springheook Ck Report Final (10-14-05 ).doc l l 14WA GeoSciences Inc.
In order to minimize subsequent settlement of the excavation backfill, new pavements,
and utilities, we recommended that backfill soils be placed and compacted to the
standards outlined in Section 2-03.3(14) C, Method B, 2004 WSDOT Standard
Specifications. The procedure to achieve proper density of compacted fill depends on the
size and type of compaction equipment, the number of passes, thickness of the layer
being compacted, and soil moisture -density properties, If access or load considerations
restrict the use of heavy equipment, smaller equipment can be used, but the soil must be
placed in thin enough lifts to achieve the required compaction.
4.6 EXCAVATION STABILITY AND SHORING
4.6.1 General
Excavation and construction of the replacement culvert must be performed in a manner
which will not adversely impact existing utilities. Temporary support and protection of
the existing storm sewers and any other utility lines must be provided and maintained
during construction. Alternatively, temporary relocation of utilities may be required
during the period of construction and embankment reinstatement.
We anticipate that excavation can be accomplished with conventional equipment such as
backhoes and traekhoes. The excavation is anticipated to have a maximum depth on the
order of 12 feet, but could be deeper if deleterious subgrade materials are encountered at
intended foundation levels.
Maintenance of safe working conditions, including temporary excavation stability, is the
responsibility of the contractor. All temporary excavation in -excess of 4 feet in depth
must be sloped in accordance with Part N of WAC (Washington Administrative Code)
296-155, or be shored.
The near surface materials encountered generally classifies as Type C soil, for which
WAC requires that unsupported excavation must be inclined no steeper than 1.511:1V, but
flatter slopes are likely necessary because of water seepage. Alternatively, the excavation
should be shored.
4.6.2 Open Excavations
Because of the nature of the soils encountered in the exploratory borings, we recommend
that the sides of the excavation be supported using temporary sheet piles. Open
excavations may be feasible if the existing storm sewer services are protected. However,
if a temporary open excavation is undertaken, we recommend that it should be sloped at
no steeper than 2H:1 V after local dewatering to at least 3 feet below invert, but existing
soil conditions may dictate even flatter slope angles. The recommended slopes are less
SW 34th St.-Springbrook Ck Report Final (10-14-05).doc 12 HWA GcoSdences Inc.
steep than recommended by WAC, and should be monitored and slope angles adjusted in
the field based on local subsurface conditions and the contractor's methods.
' With time and the occurrence of seepage andlor precipitation, the stability of temporary
unsupported cut slopes may be significantly reduced. Therefore, all -temporary slopes
should be protected from erosion by installing a surface water diversion ditch or berm at
the top of the slope and by covering the cut face with well -anchored plastic sheets.
4.6.3 Shoring
If shoring is required, we recommend that sheet piling be driven as temporary shoring
along both sides of the excavation. For cantilever support, it will be necessary to advance
the sheet piles below the level of the excavation for the new culvert at least equivalent to
the height of soil being supported at any given point. Accordingly, this will involve
driving the sheet piles from 15 to 20 feet below the base of the new excavation. The
sheet piling should extend longitudinally a distance equal to the excavation depth beyond
the ends of the excavation necessary for installation of the new culvert.
We recommend that the design of the temporary shoring should be based on a uniform
lateral pressure distribution of 25H psf (where H is the depth of the excavation in feet).
This pressure does not include any surcharges due to equipment or materials near the
shoring and assumes that water pressures do not act above the base of the excavation.
Dewatering may be necessary to achieve this ground water condition.
Alternatively, shoring could be accomplished with soldier piles and lagging. Soldier
piles generally consist of steel 'H' sections embedded in predrilled vertical concrete -filled
holes installed along the length of the proposed excavation. As the excavation proceeds
from the top down, wooden or steel -plate lagging is placed to retain the soil between the
soldier piles.
4.7 WATER CONTROL
The contractor should be responsible for control of ground and surface water.
Construction of either of the culvert alternatives on shallow foundations will require
suitable temporary diversion of the creek, to allow construction largely in the dry.
Construction dewatering is important because it will be very difficult to maintain stable
slopes, prepare subgrade, evaluate subsurface conditions, and construct structures in the
wet. In addition, upward seepage into the excavation base can cause sand boils and/or
heaving. Because of these adverse impacts, dewatering should be accomplished so that
culvert construction can be completed in the dry. We recommend that the proposed
excavation be dewatered to maintain the ground water level at least 3 feet below the base
of the excavation, and dewatering measures should be implemented before excavation to
final subgrade level begins. Dewatering should continue until the culvert has been placed
SW 34th St.-Springbrook Ck Report Final 0 0- 1 4-05).&,u 13 HWA CseoSciences Inc.
and backfilled, and is capable of resisting hydrostatic forces. Disposal of water will be a
consideration that will have to be suitably resolved with environmental and fisheries
agencies having jurisdiction.
We anticipate that wells or well points will be required, but this is dependent on the depth
of the excavation, volume of ground water seepage, and potential presence of boiling or
quick conditions in the excavation base. The latter condition will need to be evaluated at
the time the excavation is undertaken, as it will dependent on the shoring methods and
dewatering measures implemented by the contractor. Construction dewatering
requirements will also depend on the time of year, creek level, recent rainfall and other
factors. For this reason, construction should be performed during the dry summer season,
subject to fisheries considerations and regulations.
The contractor should be made aware that if the ground water is lowered by more than
about 7 to 10 feet below current elevations for significant periods, settlement of nearby
facilities could occur. We recommend that settlement of nearby facilities be monitored
using optical survey methods during the period of any dewatering. Additionally, it is
recommended that ground water monitoring wells or piezometers be installed between
the works and adjoining critical facilities to permit observation of ground water levels.
Should potentially adverse drawdown and/or settlements become apparent, it may be
necessary to suspend the dewatering operations until mitigation measures, such as re-
injection wells are designed and implemented.
4.8 WET WEATHER EARTHwoRK
Existing site soils are moisture sensitive to varying degrees, and may be difficult to
handle or traverse with construction equipment during periods of wet weather. Therefore,
general recommendations relative to earthwork performed in wet weather or in wet
conditions are presented below. These recommendations should be incorporated into the
contract specifications and should be required when earthwork is performed in wet
conditions:
i} Site stripping and fill placement should be accomplished in small sections to
minimize exposure to wet weather. Excavation or removal of unsuitable soil
should be followed promptly by placement and compaction of a suitable
thickness of clean structural fill. The size and type of construction equipment
used may have to be limited to prevent soil disturbance.
2) Material used as structural fill should consist of clean granular soil, of which
not more than 5% passes the U.S. Standard No. 200 sieve, based on wet
sieving the fraction passing the %-inch sieve. The fine-grained portion of
structural fill soils should be non -plastic.
SW 34th St.-Springhrook Ck Repod Final (10-14-05).doc 14 iIWA GeoSciences Inc.
3). No soil should be left uncompacted so it can absorb water. Stockpiles of
excavated soil should either be shaped and the surface compacted, or be
covered with plastic sheets. Soils that become too wet should be removed and
' replaced with clean granular materials.
4) Excavation and placement of fill should be monitored by someone
experienced in wet weather earthwork to determine that the work is being
accomplished in accordance with the project specifications and the
recommendations contained herein.
4.9 EROSION CONSIDERATIONS
Erosion can be minimized by careful grading practices, the appropriate use of silt fences
and/or straw bails and by implementing the recommendations in the Wet Weather
Earthwork section of this report.
Surface runoff control during construction should be the responsibility of the contractor,
and should be treated prior to discharge to a permanent discharge system such as a storm
sewer, so as to comply with State water quality standards. All collected water should be
directed to a permanent discharge system, such as a storm sewer. Permanent control of
surface water should be incorporated in the final grading design. Water should not be
allowed to pond immediately adjacent to foundations or paved areas. Grading measures,
slope protection, ditching, sumps, dewatering, and other measures should be employed as
necessary to permit proper completion of the work.
5.0 CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS
We have prepared this report for use by R-W. Beek and the City of Renton for design of a
portion of this project. This report should be provided in its entirety to prospective
contractors forbidding or estimating purposes; however, the conclusions and
interpretations presented should.not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface
conditions. Experience has shown that subsurface soil and ground water conditions can
vary significantly over small distances. Inconsistent conditions can occur between
explorations and may not be detected by a geotechrucal study. If, during future site
operations, subsurface conditions are encountered which vary appreciably from those
described herein, HWA should be notified for a review of the recommendations of this
report, and provide revisions, if necessary.
We recommend that HWA be retained to review the plans and specifications and to
monitor the geoteehnical aspects of construction, particularly construction dewatering,
excavation, subgrade preparation, bedding and backfll placement and compaction.
SW34thSt. -SpringbrnokCkRcpor4Final (10-14-05).doc 15 HWA GeoSciwees Inc.
HWA does not practice or consult in the field of safety engineering. We do not direct the
contractor's operations, and we cannot be responsible for the safety of personnel other
than our own on the site; the safety of others is the responsibility of the contractor. The
contractor should notify the owner if he considers any of the recommended actions
presented herein unsafe.
We appreciate this opportunity to be of service.
Sincerely,
HWA GEoSciENcEs INc.
EXI'1R E5 Qg4 f
Lorne Balanko, P.E.
Principal
Brian E. Hall, P.E.
Vice President
SW 341h SL.-Springbrmk Ck Report Final (10-14-05).doe 16 HWA GeoSciences Inc.
71—
M., Xf
VICINITY MAP DRAWN BY KS
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT cHj:cxrn BY
fmGEoscmNcBlNC SPMNGBROOK CREEK PATE PRO.ECT No
RENTON, WASHINGTON 5.17.05 2005-043
10' 20' 40'
LEGENd
�H-1 BOREHOLE DESIGNATION AND APPROMMATE LOCATION
(7
,u TFl t
rl
\77
1.46
AiL V
-TT
I BM-1
TT
-BH-2
v f.11, TLI:
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT
SPRINGBROOK CREEK
Ll
W&GMSM4M INC
D;=mTnN WASHINGTON
SfM AND
ExpLORA-TTON
. PLAN 5.17.05 1 2005-M3
APPENDIX A
FIELD EXPLORATIONS
RELATIVE DENSITY OR CONSISTENCY VERSUS SPT N-VALUE
CONESIONI-ESS SOILS
COHESIVE SOILS
Approximate
Density
N Obws.4q
App�Demrt�ryt9t)
Conslstancy
N (biovv
U�6th Shear
Relative
VeryLoose
0 to 4
0 - 15
Very Soft
0 to 2
.250
Loose
4 to 10
15 - 35
Soft
2 to 4
250 • 50D
Medium Dense
10 to 30
35 85
Medium Stiff
4 is 6
Soo 1000
Donee
30 to SD
65 85
Stiff
B is 15
1000 - 2000
Very Dense
over50
85 - 100
Very -Stiff
15 to 30
2000 4000
Hard
over 30
>4000
USCS SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
MAJOR DIVISIONS
GROUP DESCRIPTIONS
Gravel and
GW
Weraded GRAVEL
11$
Coarse
Clean Gravel
• `
Grained
Grlly Stills
ave
(little or no fines)
o (7
GP
Poorly grodad GRAVEL
soils
l�
More than
50%ofCoarse
GravelWitil
o
GM
Silty GRAVEL
Fraction Retained
Fines (appreciable
on No. 4 Sieve
amourd of fines)
GC
clayey GRAVEL
Sand and
Clean Sand
SW
Wel4tadsd SAND
"
Sandy Solis
(little or no lines)
More than
Sp
Poody-gradadSAND
50% Retained
Sand with
.
'SM
Silty SAND
on No.
50% or More
20D Sieve
of Coarse
Fines (appreciable
Fraction Passing
Size
amount of fines)
SC
Clayey SAND
No 4 Sieve
{
!
ML
SILT
Fine
Slit
III
Uquid Limit
Grained
and
CL
Lan CLAY
SOIk
Clay Less than 50%
OL
Organic SILTKkganic CLAY
M H
Elastic SILT
W%or More
SIR Liquid Limit
Passing
anti 50%orMore
CH
Fat CLAY
No, 200 Sieve
clay
Size
OH
Organic SILT1Organk CLAY
Highly Organic Soils
PT
PEAT
COMPONENT DEFINITIONS
COMPONENT
SIZE RANGE
Boulders
Larger than 121n
Cobbles
3 in to 12 in
Gravel
3 In W No 4 (4.5mm)
Coarse gravel
3 in W 3l4 in
Fine gravel
314 In to No 4 (4,5mm)
Sand
No, 4 (4.5 mrn) to No. 2D0 (0,074 mm)
Coarse sand
No. 4 (4.5 ram) to No. 10 (2.0 mm)
µedium sand
No. 10 (2.0 mm) to No. 40 40-42 mm)
Fine sand
No. 40 (0.42 mm) to 140. 200 (0.074 mm)
Sire and Clay
Smaller than No. 200 (0.074mm)
TEST SYMBOLS
%F
Percent Fines
AL
Atletberg Lkrfts: PL = Plastic Umit
LL s Liquid Limit
CBR
Califomia Searing Ratio
CN
Consollda*irf
DO
Dry Density (Pof)
DS
Direct Shear
GS
Grain Size Distribution
K
Permeatillity
MD
MoistorelDensily Rolationf;Np (Proctor)
MR
Resilient Modal s
PID
Phdoionlzabon Device Reading
PP
Pocket Penebometar
Approx, Compresshe Strength (M
SG
Specific Gravity
TIC
Trianal Compression
TV
Torvane
Approx. Shear Strength (tsf)
UC
Unconfined Compression
SAMPLE TYPE SYMBOLS
®
2,0" OD Spill Spoon (SPT)
(140 lb. hammer with 30 In, drop)
IShelbyTuhe
h
4" 3.11OD Split Spoon with Brass Rings
(1
1 1
Small Bag Sample
Large Sag (Bulk) Sample
Core Run
Non-standard PenetraW Test
(3,0' OD split spoon)
GROUNDWATER SYMBOLS
Groundwater Level (measured at
time of drilling)
T Groundwater Level (measured in well or
open hole after water level stabiUad)
COMPONENT PROPORTIONS
PROPORTION RANGE
DESCRIPTIVE TERMS
< 5%
Clean
5. 12%
Slightly (Clayey, Silty, Sarldy)
12. 30%
Clayey. Silty, Sandy. Gravelly
30 - 50%
Very (Clayey, Silty, Sandy, Gravelly)
Components are arranged in order of increasing quantities.
NOTES' Soil da siticatloms presented on exploration logs are based on visual and kaboralory observation.
Sod descriptions are presented in the following general order.
Oerrsilykansisferlcy cold; modifier (if any) GROUP NAM& adddlom 1c group name (of any), Musfum
eonlBrft. Proipaton,gradation, and angularity ofconsf&mnls,addlfhxm(comments.
(GEOLOGIC fNTERPRI TATION)
Please refer to the discussion in the report text as well as the exploration logs for a more
complete description of subsurfeoe conditions,
ULT, I
HWAGEOSCIENCES INC.
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT
SPRINGBROOK CREEK
RENTON, WASHINGTON
MOISTURE CONTENT
DRY Absence o1 moisture, dusty,
dry to the touch.
MOIST Damp but no visible water.
WET Visible free water, usually
sog is below watertable.
LEGEND OF TERMS AND
SYMBOLS USED ON
EXPLORATION LOGS
PROJECT NO.: 2005-043 FIGURE: A-1
LEGEND 2005043.GPd Sr19105
DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Driiling SURFACE ELEVATION: 18,00 t lest DATE STARTED: 411&20D5
DRILLING METHOD: HSA; Mobbe M1 DATE CCIMPL.ETED: 4118ft005
SAMPLING METHOD: SPT Nd Aulohammer LOGGED BY: B. Thurber
LOCATION: See Site E Explorallan Plan, Figure 2
O
o
5
1 10
1 15
1 20
1 25
DESCRIPTION
TMedium
dense. brown, slightly silly, medium to coarsesandy, fine to coarse GRAVEL, moist, Gravel mostly 2
inches,
(PITRUN FILL)
Q
0a
OL
Soft, dark brown. organic SILT, motel•
—
Soft, damn brown and light gray, fibrous organic SILT, moist.
Softyg_rayplastic SiL7�moist. — — — — — — — — — — -
ML
-
OL
Soft, dark brown and light brown, organic SILT, moist-
SP
Loose. gray slightly silty, fine SAND, wet. Scattered fibrous
SM
organics.
(ALLUVIVAq
5P------------------------
Loose grading to very loose, black, clean, fine to medium
SAND, wet. Moony black grains, some red.
1-5 inch Lam: of purple -brown SILT at 13 feet, with a few
fibrous organics.
Very loose, darkgrey, sitlyfine SAND. wet------
SM
SP----------•------------
SM
Loose, black, clean, fine to medium SANE) with beds of dark
gray, sltty fine SAND, wet, Finely bedded,
SM----------------------
Loose, grey -brown, fine sandy SILT and silty fine SAND,
with two beds of black, clean, fine to medium SAND, wet.
— — —
ML
Lcase, gr%rybrovvn, SILT, wet. Mon-plaslic.
-----------------------
SP
F Z -K
w e
w�
z
to to a 0 0
S-1 10-12-8
S-2 2-2-2
5-3 1-1-2
S•4 1.1.2
S-5 3.3.2 GS
S-9a o.1-1
�S•6b
S-7 2-2-5 GS
S-8 3.2-2
NOTE: This log or subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the dais indicated
and therefore may nd necessarily be indicative of olher times and/or locations,
It•
Standard Penetrallon Test
(140 lb, weight, 3(" drop)
• Blows Per foot
�r
10 20 30 40 5D p
} 20 40 60 Ito 10
Water Conlent (%)
Plastic Limit 1--0 Liquid Limit
Natural Water Content
r-0
HS
1--15 1
L2
3
BORING,
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT BH_1
SPRINGBROOK CREEK
HWAGEOSCJENCES INC. RENTON, WASHINGTON PAGE. 1 of 3
PROJECT NO-! 2005-043 FIGURE: A-2
BORING 2DD5043.GPJ 5It8105
DRILLINO COMPANY: Hol000ae Mling SURFACE ELEVATION: 18.00 t feel DATE STARTED: 011112005
DRILLING METHOD: HSA: Mobile B-51 DATE COMPLETED: 4/1&2005
SAMPLING METHOD; SPT wJ Aulchammer LOGGED BY; B. Thurber
LOCATION: See Site S Exploration Plan, Figure 2
3C
34
4C
45
5C
DESCRIPTION
Medium dense, black, clean, fare to medium SAND,wet.
Masshre.
SP------------------------
SM
Medium donee, black, clean to silly, fine SAND, weL
Partty decomposed trunk wood at 31 feet; 112-inch Ions,
ML
Very loose, dark olive -gray, non -plastic SILT (to 35.5 feet)
over very soft plastic SILT, wet. Scattered shell fragments
and woody fragments. One bivalve shell 1 inch long,
JESTUARINE DEPOSITS)
MIL
SM
Very loose, dark olivo-gray, plastic and non -plastic SILT,
wet. Grades to fine sandy SILT.
Very loose, gray, silty, fine to medium SAND with beds of
SM
sandy SILT, wet. Scattered shalt fragments, nearty whole to
delrilal (t 118 inch). Scattered woody fragments.
----------------------
SP
SM
Loose, gray, slightly silly, fine to madium SAND, wet. Finely
bedded. Scattered shell frag_monls. -- _ _ _ _ _ _ _
MIL
Sdt, nllve•brown, slightly sandy SILT, molat to wet. Finely
SM
bedded. Partly decomposed woody fragments in two
lenses, < 114 inch, at 45.75 and 46.5 feet.
----------------------
SM
Standard Penetration Test
m d
(140 lb. weight, 3(r drop)
• Blows per fool
t„ a
O0 0
10 20 30 40
&9 Si1-11
S-10 34-6 GS
;-11a 0-M
;-11 b
S-12 CN
i-13e 0-0-0
i-13b
;-14a 3-2-2
i-14b
0 2u 4U ou ou
Water Content (%)
Plastic Limit 1 0 Liquid Limit
Natural Water Content
NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at The specified location and on the date indicated
and therefore may not neoeesarity, be indicative of other times andror locations,
BORING:
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT BH_1
SPRINGBROOK CREEK
HWAGEOSCIENCES INC RENTON, WASHINGTON PAGE: 2 of 3
—25
100
PROJECT NO.: 2005-043 FIGURE: A-2
BORING 2D05043.GPJ U19105
DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drillfng SURFACE ELEVATION: 18.00 t feet DATE STARTED: 411WOOS
DRILLING METHOD: HSA: Mobile B-51- DATE COMPLETED: 411 WOOS
SAMPLING METHOD: SPT W Autdmmmer LOGGED BY: B. Thurber
LOCATION: See She A Exploration Plan, Figure 2
Q
r�
50 r rrr-
60 -
Kim
70 -
75 •-
'
-
IL IL
DESCRIPTION a w
I
Loose. gray, aflghtly silly to silty (stratified) Are SAND. wet. 5-15 3-23
Scattered tenses of partly decomposed woody debrio- 111 IICJy41{l
2-inch lens of clean, fine to medium SAND at 50.26 feet.
Very soft, gray, plastic SILT, wall. Scattered shell
fragments.
Fine sand lenses (114 Inch) at 55.5 and 56.5 feet -
Very soft, gray, SILT, moist to wet. Scattered shell
fragments, woody organics. Massive,
Borehole terminated at 81.5 feat.
Ground water encountered at approx. 10 feel during drilling.
Auger Tilled with drilling mud below 10 feet to prward heave.
NS-17 0."
NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specifiad lacarion and on the date Indicated
and therefore may not necessarily be Indicative of other times and/or Iccotions.
AL
Standard Pe"rallon Test
(140 lb. weight. 30" drop)
A Blom per f0e4
P
n •n nn nn :n rn
0 20 40 so 80
Water Content (%)
Plaslic urnit 1 0 Llquld Limit
Natural Water Conlerd
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT BORING:
1 SPRINGBROOK CREEK BH-1
HWAGEOSCIENCES INC. RENTON, WASHINGTON PAGE: 3 of 3
55
_TO
-j i— 75
100
PROJECT Na: 2005-043 FIGURE: A-2
BORING 7005043.GPJ Ul W5
DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling SURFACE ELEVATION: 18.50 t feel DATE STARTED: 411W005
DFtILLING METHOD: NSA: Mobile B-51 DATE COMPLETED: 4/1=005
SAMPLING METHOD: SPT wl Autobammer LOGGED BY: B. Thurber
LOCATION: See Site A 6q&ralian Plan, Figure 2
rb
Standard Penetration Test
_
EL F H
(140 lb, weight, 30' drop)
rn
♦ Blom per kw
`c3
2 2 z
dg
DESCRIPTION
V) h C O
0 10 20 30 40 50
y
4
0
k •:
S-1 2-2-2
-..;.. j. .. j. ._.
5
4............i..,*...................
g
S-2a 0-2-2
S-2b
i4
S-3a 0� 1
S-3b
10
A ...........:....C-�.:. ;.........:....c,...
10
002
�S4
.j.... I. .I. .r.
S 5 A-"
.j. .j. .j. ,j.
15
..... ... ......... .....:....:....:....
15
S-6 3-5.6 GS
A �
8-7 G-0.2
20
.....,.:...�........................
20
S S 4-0 1 GS
r
;.
25
25
0 20 40 80 100
Water Consent {%)
Plastic Limit F--0-- Liquid Limit
Natural Water Cordon]
NOTE; This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified localion and
on the date indicated
and therefore may not necessarily be indicative or other times andlor locations,
.'
SM
Sod
Loose, rust -mottled brown, silty, fine to medium SAND,
moist. Scattered fine gravel.
{FlLL}
SM
Loose, purple -brawn, very silty, fine SAND, moist
_____---�ALLLMIIfr�------w W—...—
OL
Sofl, dark brawn, orparric SILT, moist- Scattered fibrous
organics.
Sofl, pray, bon -plastic SILT, wet- SeaHered rootlets.
ML
w°°dy fragments in lever 3 inches — � — — — —
DL
Soft, dark brown, organic SILT, we!- Abundant wood
_
fragments, leaves {detrital}.
_
Lens ofgray_siHat7.751oBfeet. __________
ML
Soft. bream -gray, SILT, wet. Abundant fibrous organics.
SP
Very kwse, gray, clean, fine SAND, wet. With bock of
SM
brown -grey SILT, dark brown organics, and fine 1c medium
SAND.
Loose to medium dense, dark pray, slightly silly to silly, knew
SM
la medium SAND, wet. Stratified, with lenses of non -plastic
SILT.
Medium dense, black, clean, fine Ic medium SAND, vat,
SP
Mostly black grains, some red.
Very soft, grey, SILT, wet. Scattered shall end woody
ML
fragments.
1!2 inch lens of yellow, non -plastic SILT at 18.5 feel
{Volcanic ash?).
Very loose, interbedded dark gray, slightly silty, fine SAND
SP
SM
and black, dean, fine to medium SAND, wet. With lenses
of purple -broom SILT and silly fine SAND. Scattered woody
organics-
----------------------
ML
SM
UM
BORING:
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT BH_2
SPR1NGBROOK CREEK
HMGEOSCIINCES INC RENTON, WASHINGTON PAGE: 1 of 3
PROJECT NO.: 2005-043 FIGURE: A -a
gOgrrrc 2005643.GPJ 5J19r05
DRILLING COMPANY: Hoboene Drilling SURFACE ELEVATION: i8.50 t feet DATE STARTED: 4118/20DS
DRILLING METHOD: HSA; Mobile 8-51 DATE COMPLETED: 4/18/2005
SAMPLING METHOD: SPT w/ Autohemmer LOGGED BY: B. Thurber
LOCATION: See She & Explaretion Plan, Figure 2
1 30
I 35
1 40
W2
1 50
DESCRIPTION
cc
w
C
CO
a a
-
T I
o±
z
a X_
o
Soft, gray -brown, SILT, rune sandy SILT, and dark gray, silly
One SAND, wet. 7-Inch long branch In lower 9Inches (blow
counts overstated
(ESTUARINE DEPOSITS)
Loose, dark gray to dark purple -gray, Ana sandy SILT, wet
Non -plastic. Scattered shell fragments in two lenses,
Veryloose, dark gray, slightly fine sandy, non -plastic SILT,
moist to wet. Finely bedded. Scattered shell fragments.
Very krone, gray interbedded SILT, sandy SILT, and silty
fine to nwmfium SAND, wet. Abundant shell fragments.
SM-----------------------
Very loose, gray, very silty, tine to medium SAND grading to
dean, fine to, medium SAND, wet. Abundant shell and
wood fragments.
-----------------..... --
SM
S-9 2-4-12
-10 24.2 Gs
i-11 0-0-0
i•13 0-0-0
4-14 04).0
tJOTE, This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the dare Indicated
and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other limes and/or lw:atbns.
Standard Penelratian Test
(140 lb. weight, Nr drop)
A Blows per foot
Water Conlenl (%)
Plastic Limit 1--0 Uquld Limit
Natural Water Content
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT BARING:BH-2
1 SPRINGBROOK CREEK
HWAGEOSCIENaS INC. RENTON, WASHINGTON PAGE: 2 of 3
PROJECT NO.: 2005-043 FIGURE! A-S
BORING 2005043.GPJ 571B/0S
DRILLING COMPANY: Holocene Drilling SURFACE ELEVATION: 18.50 t feet DATE STARTED: 4/18/2005
DRILLING METWM. HiSA; Mobile B-51 DATE COMPLETED; 411MOOS
SAWLING METHOD: SPT wl Autohammer LOGGED BY: B, Thurber
LOCATION: See Site E Exploration Plan, Figure 2
J
r0
55 -
60 -
65 -
70
75 -
DESCRIPTION
Very loose, gray, non -plastic SILT and fine sandy SILT, and
very soft, plastic SILT, wed. Scattered shell fragments.
Very soft, brown -gray, plastic SILT, moist to wet, Finely
bedded. Scattered shell fragmenls.
Sample deformed laterally when sampler opened; very
sticky sift.
S-15 0-0-0
NS-16 0-"
Very soft, brown -gray, plastic and non -plastic SILT, moist. I NS-17 0-0-0
A few laminae of fine SAND. Scattered shell fragments, up
to 314 inch across.
Borehole terminated at 61.5 feet.
Auger filled with drilling mud below 10 feel to prevenl heave
(therefore ground water level obscured)_
NOTE: This log of subsurface conditions applies only at the specified location and on the date indicated
and therefore may not necessarily be indicative of other times andlor locations.
Standard Penetration Teal
(140 lb. weight, 30" drop)
A Blows per fool
0 20 40 60 80
Water Content (96)
Plastic Limit 1 0 Liquid Limit
Natural Water Content
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT BORING:
BH-2
SPRINGBROOK CREEK
IMGEOSCIENCES INC RENTON, WASHINGTON PAGE; 3 of 3
60
L21
70
PROJECT No.: 200 -043 FIGURE: A-3
BORING 20054r3.GPJ W1W 5
APPENDIX B
LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
1111110
i
GRAVEL
SAND
SILT
CLAY
Coarse
Fine
Coarse Medium
Fine
SYMBOi_
SAMPLE
DEPTH (ft)
CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL- ASTM Q2487 Group Symbol and Name
36 MC
LL
PL
pl
Gravel
Sand
Fines
•
BH-1
5-5
12.5 -1b.4
(SPSM) Black, Poorly graded SAND with silt
27
O,t]
9D.7
9.3
!
BH-1
S-7
17.5 - 19.9
(SM) Dark broom, Silty SAND
31
4,0
5B.4
41.6
A
9H-1
S-10
30.0 - 31.5
(SM) Black, Silty SAND
32
0.1
>35.4
i4.5
ULTA
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT PARTICLE -SIZE ANALYSIS
SPRINGBROOK CREEK OF SOILS
HWAGEOSCIINCES INC. RENTON, WASHINGTON METHOD ASTM D422
PRo.OEcTNo: 2005-043 FIGURE:
HWAGREZ Z=043,GPJ 5118105 -
�ISYMBOL
SAMPLE
DEPTH (tt)
CLASSIFICATION 4f SOIL- ASTM D2487 Group Symbol and Name
76 MC
LL
PL
PI
Ckavel
!622.5
Fines
*
BH-2
S-&
15,0 - 16.5
(SM) Dark pray broom, Silty SAND
30
4.0
18.8
*
BH-2
S�
20.0 - 21.5
(SM) Dark brown, Silty SAND
29
1.2
36.3A
BH-25-10
30.0-31.5
(ML) Dark Qrayish brown, SILT
36
89.8
1 SW 34TH STREET CULVERT PARTICLE -SIZE ANALYSIS
� sPRiNGeRooK CREEK of solLs
METHOD ASTM D422
HWAGEOSCIENG'ES INC RENTQN, WASHfNGTON
ps:o..rECT Na.: 2005-043 11=rauae: B-2
14WAGR5Z 2I705043.GPJ 51191g5
60
CL
G
50
w
0
}a
F— 3 0
U
Q
20
J
10
f
CL-ML
ML MH
0
0 20
40 60 80 100
LIQUID LIMIT (LL)
SYMBOL
SAMPLE DEPTH (ri}
CLASSIFICATION % MC LL PL Pt
°% Flees
BH-1
5-18
55.4 - 56.5
(CL) Dark gray, CLAY
52
38
2'{
17
SW 34TH STREET CULVERT LIQUID LIMIT, PLASTIC LIMIT AND
Y I:lilI SPRINGBROOK CREEK PLASTICITY INDEX OF SOILS
HWAGEOSCIENCH INC, RENTON, WASHINGTON METHOD ASTM D4318
PROJECT NO: 2005-043 FIGURE; B-3
FfWAATT9 2005043GPJ 5079M5
1.14
1.05
1.00
a:
0.95
--
O
t=-
o
00.90
0.85
0.80
0.75
0.1
1
10 100
STRESS tksq
SAMPLE
DEPTH (R)
CLASSIFICATION
BH-1
5-12
37.5 - 39.5
(CL) Gray, CLAY
INITIAL
FINAL
LIQUID LIMIT, LL (%)
WATER CONTENT (%)
44.7
30.0
PLASTIC LIARrf, PL (%)
DRY DENSITY (pCf)
76.1
82.0
PLASTICffY INDEX, PI (%)
DEGREE OF SATURATION(°h)
89.9
100
ASSUMED SPECIFIC GRAVITY
2.68
ONE DIMENSIONAL CONSOLIDATION
S.W. 34th Street Culvert PROPERTIES OF SOIL
HWAGEOSCIENJCE INC. METHOD ASTM D2435
PROJECTNO.: 2005-043-1100 mcul�: .__ B-4
HWAGONV 20050I31100.GPJ 5119105
Station num, -S9b (obser)
Table of daily values for the 12-month period ending September 1997
Observed Flow (efs)
SPRINGBROOK CK. AT SW 27th ST (observed)
Day October November December ]anuag Annual
1
2.8
4.1
58.0
499.5
2
2.7
3.4
40.0
436.7
3
2.9
6.1
20.0
-
4
40.6
12.4
113.8
-
5
27.0
3.4
116.5
-
6
3.4
9.5
102.3
-
7
29
5.2
136.3
19.5
8
2.8
3.1
190A
43.8
9
2.8
3.0
130A
45.3
10
2.8
3.0
106.2
31.0
11
4.7
3.0
65.9
16.9
12
3.1
32.8
98.9
10.9
13
37.8
116.1
86.6
9.5
14
28.4
38.6
33.0
8.5
15
13.4
31.7
14.9
7.7
16
5.7
16.7
30.3
22.4
17
24.5
32.7
9.5
194.6
18
100.4
92.6
8.0
160.0
19
7.7
68.0
14.4
147.3
20
3.5
81.2
45.4
202.2
21
12.9
70.3
35.6
143.0
22
65.6
29.2
10.3
86.7
23
19.4
19.0
57.4
57.5
24
64.1
116.7
82.3
34.3
25
21.0
105.1
113.6
21.9
26
5.1
40.7
68.3
12.1
27
3.6
192.9
199.6
26.0
28
69.2
170.8
108.7
70.2
29
74.1
76.4
2.27.9
24.4
30
8.9
56.3
478.2
179.3
31
5.2
500.9
91.5
Mean 21.6 48.1 206.E 94.2 67.6
Minimum 2.7 3.0 8.0 7.7 2.7
Maximum 100.4 192.9 500.8 499.5 500.8
Station num. : S% (obser)
Table of daily values for the 12-month period ending September 1996
Observed Flow (c(s) i
SPRINGBROOK CK. AT SW 27th ST (observed)
Day October November December January February March Aril May June July An st S tember Annual
1
32.7
2.7
187.9
10.1
9.1
7.9
84.5
8.3
3.0-
2.8
4.2
5.2
2
10910
2.7
147.3
20.0
8.2
7.3
21.0
6.9
3.0
2.8
28.9
4.0
3
123.0
2.6
106.2
49.8
11.6
41.1
6.3
7.4
3.0
3.0
104.3
33.2
4
83.4
2.7
153.9
10.t
39.3
16.1
4.9
5.5
2.9
4.6
11.8
10.3
5
56.7
2.9
-
13.4
98.8
9.2
4.2
4.9
2.9
3.0
5.5
5.5
6
49.2
3.0
-
45.7
182.S
7.3
31.9
4.5
2.9
2.9
4.7
7.2
7
46.1
145.3
-
245.7
163.7
6.9
7.8
4.2
2.9
2.9
4.4
4.5
8
63.6
179.4
-
102.7
540.3
6.7
4.9
3.9
2.9
3.0
4.2
3.8
9
63.4
49.3
-
52.7
677.1
6.7
5.1
3.7
2.9
3.0
4.1
3.3
10
195.5
34.5
-
29.3
-
42.7
5.0
3.4
2.9
3.0
5.0
3.5
11
201.1
208.4
-
14.9
-
63.3
7.0
5.2
2.9
3.0
4.9
3.4
12
90.7
67.0
-
10.5
-
10.6
7.3
40.7
2.9
3.1
4.8
3.3
13
17.1
48.6
-
14.5
-
8.1
4.9
154.7
2.9
3.1
4.9
3.5
14
8.6
14.2
-
100.7
-
6.9
4.0
18.9
2.9
3.1
5.0
7.7
15
7.1
30.7
-
266.2
-
5.7
17.9
7.2
2.9
3.1
4.9
37.3
16
29.8
13.9
197.6
-
5.2
79.2
5.5
2.9
3.2
4.8
5.6
17
13.7
8.5
-
98.4
-
4.9
11.3
17.5
2.9
6.7
4.8
24.0
18
8.1
20.2
-
60.9
-
4.7
19.8
53.1
2.9
17.6 -
4.8
8.3
19
3.2
7.2
-
97.9
-
7.4
19.9
33.3
2.9
32.7
4.6
43.4
20
41.8
5.8
-
156.6
-
6.6
9.0
7.7
3.0
6.7
4.6
6.4
21
11.6
5.1
-
189.3
-
6.2
6.1
7.1
2.9
4.6
4.4
4.4
22
3.4
19.3
9.3
111.8
50.9
16.0
50.2
14.3
2.9
4.1
4.4
5.7
23
2.9
88.1
8.2
86.8
81.9
6.2
378.4
6.1
12.4
3.8
4.2
3.1
24
2.9
92.8
7.3
114.2
40.0
5.1
289.6
4.7
5.5
4.2
4.0
3.0
25
5.2
113.9
6.5
85.5
22.0
4.3
123.8
4.0
3.6
4.2
3.9
2.9
26
5.6
47.9
6.1
54.9
13.2
4.2
99.2
3.5
3.0
4.2
3.8
2.9
27
2.9
51.4
5.9
35.4
10.5
5.4
50.4
3.3
2.9
4.4
3.7
2.8
28
2.8
87.9
9.0
17.8
9.4
4.1
28.5
3.1
2.9
4.2
3.6
2.8
29
2.7
322.4
101.5
21.1
8.6
3.9
14.5
3.1
2.9
4.3
3.3
2.8
30
2.7
195.9
92.9
10.8
3.6
9.3
3.1
2.8
4.2
3.9
2.9
31
2.7
24.9
9.8
229
3.1
4.3
5.3
Mean 41.5
Minimum 2.7
Maximum 201.1
62.5 57.5 15.3 121.3 I1.5 46.9 14.6 3.3 5.2 8.7 9.6
2.6 3.6 9.8 8.2 3.6 4.0 3.1 2.8 2.8 3.3 2.8
322.4 187.9 266.2 677.1 63.3 378.4 154.7 12.4 32.7 104.3 43.4
38.1
2.6
677.1
Station num. : S9b (obser)
Table of daily values for the 12-month period ending September 1995
Observed Flow (efs)
SPRINGSROOK CK. AT SW 27th ST (observed)
Day October November December January Februa March April Ma June July August S tember Annual
1
4.4
32.1
141.3
26.8
135.3
9.8
6.7
4.0
2.8
3.7
2.9
8.0
2
5.0
19.9
110.8
15.7
107.4
9.3
6.1
36.1
2.9
6.1
2.9
8.0
3
4.6
10.2
41.6
11.1
59.9
8.9
6.0
4.9
2.9
6.0
2.9
7.7
4
4.2
58.5
18.8
10.3
36.1
16.0
7.9
3.5
3.2
4.9
2.9
20.7
5
4.0
15.2
10.6
9.8
22.9
9.6
6.0
3.4
19.5
4.3
4.0
137.5
6
5.5
16.1
9.9
9.2
14.4
8.3
5.7
3.1
7.8
4.2
30.7
1069
7
6.2
9.0
9.2
10.6
10.8
7.9
27.2
3.0
3.9
4.1
56.3
41.8
8
6.7
14.0
8.5
17.3
10.1
48.6
29.8
3.2
3.2
3.9
24.0
14.4
9
7.4
64.9
20.7
35.5
9.6
92.1
6.8
3.5
3.1
59.5
10.1
9.3
10
7.5
17.2
9.7
85.8
8.8
135.0
13.6
4.9
8.5
63.1
12.4
8.7
11
6.3
10.0
9.1
57.7
13.6
111.9
17.6
6.0
13.5
8.0
16.3
7.9
12
6.3
21.6
21.1
26.5
9.3
94.9
27.1
3.2
4.4
5.6
10.0
7.5
13
7.5
8.9
8A
55.9
8.0
64.8
39.9
3.0
9.3
4.4
9.3
7.4
14
27.5
9.0
13.2
53.2
7.4
88.7
7.5
2.9
5.2
3.7
9.7
7.3
15
7.2
19.4
31.3
32.9
23.0
46.3
6.7
2.9
6.3
3.4
10.5
7.1
16
6.8
70.6
85.6
18.0
15.5
24.4
5.7
2.9
4.3
3.1
14.4
7.1
17
7.3
19.5
173.7
11.4
72.4
14.0
5.4
2.9
9.2
3.1
198.3
7.0
18
7.9
9.2
106.8
41.5
127.5
68.6
5.2
2.9
9.0
3.1
75.8
7.6
19
8.1
23.1
112.0
14.5
368.2
42.6
4.9
2.9
4.7
3.0
29.2
8.9
20
11.2
53.2
236.5
10.0
292.0
69.8
21.9
2.9
7.7
3.0
22.2
8.8
21
10.5
9.9
191.5
9.2
132.5
23.2
5.4
2.8
5.1
3.0
33.2
8.6
22
8.4
8.3
81.4
8.6
88.1
14.9
4.5
2.8
4.2
3.0
15.2
8.3
23
9.8
26.1
53.8
8.2
67.4
74.1
4.2
2.9
3.7
3.0
9.7
8.2
24
9.9
9.0
33.6
8.0
53.6
20.0
3.9
2.8
3.9
3.0
9.1
8.2
25
11.8
27.6
23.9
7.7
42.7
10.3
3.6
2.8
3.7
3.0
9.0
8.4
26
120.5
67.5
198.8
7.5
22.9
9.1
3.3
2.9
3.6
37.4
9.0
9.2
27
168.4
47.9
316.7
7.1
13.3
8.4
3.3
2.8
3.5
5.9
8.5
55.5
28
40.6
12.3
-
16.3
10.5
7.8
3.2
2.8
3.5
3.2
8.4
60.0
29
9.5
31.8
89.6
118.2
7.5
4.6
2.8
3.4
3.0
8.4
29.3
30
13.1
222.0
58.9
107.4
7.2
7.3
2.9
3.7
2.9
8.1
58.5
31
98.3
42.6
161.9
6.8
2.8
2.9
8.0
Mean 21.0 32.1 75.3 32.7 63.7 37.4 10.0 4.3 5.7 8.7 21.7 23.1 28.0
Minimum 4.0 8.3 8.1 7.1 7.4 6.8 3.2 2.8 2.8 2.9 2.9 7.0 2.8
Maximum 168.4 222.0 316.7 161.9 368.2 135.0 39.9 36.1 19.5 63.1 198.3 137.5 368.2
Station num►... -S9b (obser)
Table of daily values for the 12-month period ending September 1994
Observed Flow (efs)
SPRINGBROOK CK. AT SW 27th SP (observed) r
Day
October
November
December
Januag
Februag
March
April
Kay__June
4
July_.Au
Mt
S tember -Annual
1
2.5
2.8
-
60.8
3.1
44.8
3.4
5.7
15.0
31.1
6.0
4.7
2
2.5
2.8
9.8
38.2
3.0
92.2
3.2
5.6
8.0
28.5
5.7
4.7
3
2.5
5.6
6.9
26.0
3.0
151.4
19.5
5.4
8.1
9.6
5.7
18.2
4
2.5
3.0
24.5
35.5
3.0
94.5
16.2
25.6
9.9
9.6
5.5
10.1
5
2.5
2.9
4.9
42.9
3.0
31.9
5.0
6.3
11.3
47.8
5.4
5.0
6
13.0
2.9
3.7
8.6
3.0
11.1
44.8
5.7
38.9
12.1
5.1
3.9
7
7.1
3.0
34.0
6.7
3.0
8.4
41.5
5.7
20.5
9.0
5.2
3.7
8
2.6
3.0
46.6
13.6
2.9
7.1
105.6
5.6
9.1
9.4
.10.3
16.2
9
2.6
3.2
90.4
7.3
4.9
6.2
23.5
5.8
8.4
7.9
10.9
9.4
10
2.5
3.1
99.9
10.1
3.1
15.0
8.1
5.9
8.4
7.7
7.0
12.0
11
2.5
3.3
53.2
16.4
2.9
9.6
6.1
6.0
8.5
7.6
5.3
3.2
12
2.5
3.1
10.1
9.5
2.9
5.7
48.1
6.0
10.7
7.4
5.0
2.8
13
2.5
3.1
24.1
6.5
72.3
5.1
10.5
6.1
52.3
7.1
3.1
2.8
14
2.6
3.1
10.0
5.1
17.1
4.6
6.5
6.9
45.4
7.2
3.7
7.0
IS
4.6
4.5
7.2
4.3
27.5
4.6
4.9
16.9
13.4
7.6
3.9
5.1
16
11.6
7.8
5.3
3.6
101.8
19.0
4.2
24.9
9.8
8.1
4.0
4.3
17
2.7
11.0
4.2
3.4
98.4
25.2
3.7
8.3
12.6
7.8
4.3
4.1
18
2.6
9.1
3.6
3.2
73.6
48.4
3.5
7.0
99.5
7.9
4.4
4.2
19
2.6
3.7
3.2
3.1
18.8
11.0
3.3
6.8
17.9
7.7
3.3
4.6
20
2.6
3.7
3.0
3.1
8.6
46.8
3.2
6.9
11.0
7.5
3.9
5.1
21
2.6
6.0
3.1
3.4
7.8
63.5
7.3
6.9
9.8
7.5
4.4
5.2
22
15.8
7.4
2.9
59.7
10.5
30.6
3.9
6.9
9.5
7.3
4.6
5.4
23
80.3
5.1
2.9
41.4
37.4
15.3
3.3
6.9
9.2
7.2
5.2
5.7
24
18.1
4.5
2.9
14.2
13.1
7.6
3.2
6.8
9.7
7.3
4.3
4.6
25
4.1
4.5
2.8
13.5
39.2
6.2
3.2
6.9
9.6
7.4
4.3
4.7
26
2.9
4.7
2.8
6.0
50.0
5.4
3.8
6.9
9.2
7.1
4.5
4.8
27
2.8
4.9
2.8
4.7
48.4
4.8
4.3
7.7
9.2
6.7
4.7
4.8
28
2.9
7.5
2.8
3.9
29.3
4.5
4.5
7.4
9.1
6.6
4.7
5.3
29
2.8
44.1
2.9
3.5
4.1
5.4
23.4
9.2
6.8
4.7
5.1
30
2.8
15.0
29.6
3.2
3.8
7.9
12.3
9.5
6.6
4.7
4.2
31
2.9
35.2
3.1
3.6
11.1
6.2
4.8
Mean 6.9 6.3 17.5 15.0 24.7 25.5 13.7 8.9 17.1 10.5 5.1 6.0 13.1
Minimum 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.1 2.9 3.6 3.2 5.4 8.0 6.2 3.1 2.8 2.5
Maximum 80.3 44.1 90.4 60.8 101.8 151.4 105.6 25.6 99.5 47.8 10.9 18.2 151.4
RENTON SW 27TH STREET: CULVERT REPLACEMENT
FLOW DATA
Units: cfs
June
July
August
September
Overall Fish Window
mean
peak
mean
peak
mean
peak
mean
peak
mean peak
1996
1995
1994
17.1
5.7
3.3
98.5
19.5
12.4
10.5
8.7
52
47.8
63.1
32.7
5.1
21.7
8.7
10.8
198.3
104.3
6
23.1
8.6
18.2
137.5
43.4
9.7 98.5
14.8 198.3
6.5 104.3
AVE
8.7
43.5
8.1
47.9
11.8
104.5
12.6
66.4
10.3 133.7
AVE
AVE PEAK
June
8.7
43.5
July
8.1
47.9
August
11.8
104.5
September
12.6
66.4
AVE j
10.3
65.6
16.00
15-00
14.00
13-00
12.00
11-00
9.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
400
lir,dre I
Spdngbroolc Creels at SW 27th Street Rating Curve (9 July 1997)
NHC Discharge Measurements
.................................
- - - ---------- -----------------
---------------- ............
............ ..................... ................ 4 ........... - --- -------- ....... .............
---------- -----------------
................ ............
. ............... ............. I ....... ........... ---------------- 4 ........
... ---------- -------
......... — -- --------- ----- -
A
-0
................ -----------------
--------- ------- 4 ------
---------------- -----------------
-----............ -------------- ---
-------- ....... ................
Uses double entry ,
sting CU4e above
elev. .9.91t, NGVD
......................... ......
.......... -----------------
-------------------------- -------
------ ----------------------------
"',— ------- ...............
rL
6A
4
--------------- .........
---------- ....... . ........
....................... ----
--------- ---------------
................ ............... .
/*
-------------- . ............................
-------------- --- - ----
------------------------- --------
--------
.
................
-----------------
.... - {............. . .
.. ------------
-
---- - -----------
------- . - -- .... ...--------
...............................
---------------- --------- -------
- - - -- -------- ---------- ..........................
- - - ----------
—.- ------------- — ------
0,0 200.0 400.0 600.0 800.0 1000.0
Flow
(Cfs)
'-e D z A c- rOV-SU'l
-AAA